All posts by Maverick John

Kitale National Polytechnic- Kuccps Admissions Letter Download Portal

Have you been offered a place at the Kitale National Polytechnic by Kuccps? This is commendable and congratulations. The Kuccps admission letter is a vital document that ensures that you adequately prepare for your reporting and admission day.

Visit the Kitale National Polytechnic Kuccps Admissions Letter Download Portal to get your letter today.

Continue reading below :

Kuccps portal login

The KUCCPS Portal Guide – Simplified KUCCPS Application Guide

Alupe University Kuccps admission letters portal login

Kinyanjui Technical Training Institute KUCCPS Admission Letters Portal – Login Now

Masinde Muliro University Kuccps Admission Letter Online Portal Download

Download Bomet University Kuccps Admission Letter & List

Kabete National Polytechnic kuccps admission letters portal login

TSC threatens to sack all striking teachers

Nairobi Technical Training Institute Kuccps Admission Letter & Lists Portal

University of Nairobi Kuccps Admission Letter & Lists Portal

TSC clarifies on employment of Teachers on Permanent basis

Maseno University KUCCPS Admission Letters & PDF Lists Online Portal

Kisii National Polytechnic Kuccps Admission Letters & Pdf Lists Portal

Bachelor of Science in Microprocessor Technology & Instrumentation Engineering course; Requirements, duration, job opportunities and universities offering the course

Zetech University List of all Courses & Requirements (Latest, Updated)

Jaramogi Oginga Odinga University Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

Bachelor of Business & Information Technology course; Requirements, duration, job opportunities and universities offering the course

Kuccps Diploma in Medical Laboratory Sciences Course List, Codes, Clusters, Colleges and Cutoff Points

KMTC Certificate In Community Health Assistant Kuccps requirements and Campuses where offered

BACHELOR OF ARTS (ECONOMICS) KUCCPS CUT OFF POINTS, REQUIREMENTS

Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy course; Requirements, duration, job opportunities and universities offering the course

How to apply for KMTC Courses Online – Ultimate procedure

Diploma in Community Health KMTC Course Requirements, Fees, How To apply, Intakes and KMTC Campuses

KUCCPS Portal, Website


 Here is your Complete guide to Higher Education Courses:

Guide to KMTC Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration and how to apply

Kenyatta University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Technical and Vocational Education Training-tvets-institutions in Vihiga County Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Jaramogi Oginga Odinga University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Kabarak University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Kisii University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Chuka University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Co-operative University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Dedan Kimathi University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Egerton University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

JKUAT University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

KCA University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Kenya Highlands University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

 Kibabii University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Kirinyaga University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Laikipia University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Lukenya University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Maasai Mara University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Machakos University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Management University of Africa Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Maseno University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Mount Kenya University (MKU) Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Meru University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Multimedia University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Murang’a University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Pan Africa Christian University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Pioneer International University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Presbyterian University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Pwani University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

RAF International University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Riara University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Rongo University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Scott Christian University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

SEKU University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

St Pauls University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Taita Taveta University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Tanganza University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Technical University of Mombasa Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Technical University of Kenya Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

East African University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Tom Mboya University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Turkana University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Catholic University of Eastern Africa (CUEA) Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

UMMA University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

Baraton University Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

University of Eldoret Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

University of Kabianga Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

University of Embu Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

University of Eldoret Courses, requirements, contacts, fees, duration, portals, website and how to apply

KUCCPS Online Application Guidelines 2023; Ultimate Guide

WELCOME TO THE KUCCPS STUDENT’S PORTAL!

Before you make any application, please read these instructions carefully.

  1. Eligibilty:
    1. You must be a Kenyan Citizen
    2. You have not benefited from Government Sponsorship before i.e You have not been placed by KUCCPS before
  2. All programmes have minimum subject requirements. You will only be able to apply for a course whose minimum requirements you meet, but the selection will be determined by the overall performance and the available capacity.
  3. You may view the available programmes and their requirements by clicking the Programmes tab above. You can also search for courses by institution, using the Institutions tab above.
  4. As you look through the programmes, you may move the ones that interest you into the Course Basket. This will enable you to work with a shorter list when preparing your final list of courses to apply for.
  5. Once you have settled on your preferred courses, you will only be required to enter the Programme Codes.
  6. To apply, use the Application/Revision tab. Enter the Programme Codes and Submit.
  7. An application processing fee of Ksh 1,500 is charged (Students who applied in school and paid Ksh 500 should pay only Ksh 1,000 to revise their choices.) A prompt for the M-PESA transaction code will appear if you are revising/applying for the first time.
  8. Enter the Transaction Code and submit.
  9. The same Transaction Code will be required for any subsequent changes to your application. Therefore, you are advised to retain it.

How to Pay Using M-PESA

  1. Go to your Lipa na M-PESA Menu
  2. Select Pay Bill
  3. Enter Business Number 820201
  4. For the Account Number, enter your KCSE Year and KCSE Index Number (no space)
  5. Enter your M-PESA PIN and Send.

CAUTION! Do not make any payment before you follow the above processes or after the application deadline has passed!


Multiple Categories Consideration

When you apply to more than one category i.e. Degree, Diploma, Craft Certificate, Artisan Certificate, you can opt into having the two categories considered at the same time during processing. For example: If you apply for Diploma and Craft Certificate you will be considered for your Craft Certificate Application in case you miss out on your Diploma Application. If you opt out of this option only your Diploma application will be considered.

NOTE: If you are placed to the second category of your application you will not be recalled for subsequent revisions.

____________________________________

Welcome to the KUCCPS Student’s Transfer Portal!

Before commencing the application for transfer, please read these instructions carefully:

  1. For one to be eligible for transfer, the Placement Service must have placed the applicant to the programme one is seeking a transfer from.
  2. One will only be able to apply to transfer to a course whose minimum requirements one meets.
  3. Applicants to degree programmes must meet the applicable cut-off point for their respective placement year.
  4. The programme applied to must have been on offer in the year the applicant was placed.
  5. An applicant may only apply to transfer to one programme.
  6. An applicant shall only transfer once for the duration of the programme placed.
  7. The applicant may view the available programmes and their requirements by clicking the Programmes tab above and can search for courses by institution, using the Institutions tab above.
  8. Once the applicant has settled on a preferred programme, only the 7-Character Programme Code will be required.
  9. To apply, use the transfer applications tab and follow the instructions provided.
  10. An application-processing fee of Ksh1,000 is charged per application.
    1. A prompt for the M-PESA transaction code will appear at the point of submission. Please keep the transaction code safely as it may be required again.
    2. CAUTION! Do not make any payment before the applicant has been prompted or after the application deadline has passed!
  11. Once one has made an application for transfer, the applicant may monitor the progress of their application via the student’s portal.

_____________________________________________________

The Kenya Universities and Colleges Central Placement Service (KUCCPS) co-ordinates the placement of government sponsored students to universities and colleges in Kenya.

School principals usually select courses for the students during the last term in school. Some do not and this should be no cause for alarm.

KUCCPS announces first revision of courses (KUCCPS 1st Revision of Courses) shortly after the release of KCSE results. Usually within a month or two.

We shall update the information here, once the announcement is made. So, follow our updates here every day and you will be notified accordingly.

The announcement has not been made and therefore, the current panic and rush to choose courses is unwarranted.

After the first revision of courses, students are placed in colleges or universities according to their choices. Those who have not been placed are invited for the second revision of courses that happens a month or two after the first revision.

The list of those who were not placed during the first revision is published and you can find your index number on the list if you need to participate in the second revision (KUCCPS 2nd Revision of Courses.)

You will not be able to see the following details until the portal opens for applications. Wait for that date and follow our daily updates for the news of opening and closing dates.

Step One: Accessing the Website

1. Visit the KUCCPS website on www.kuccps.net

Step Two: Accessing the Student’s Portal

1. Click on the button marked: “Student’s Portal” as shown in the image below.

Step Three: Accessing the Login button

1. Click on the button marked: “LOGIN”

Step Four: Logging in

1. Enter your KCSE Index Number, Year of KCSE and your password (KCPE Index or
Birth Certificate Number).

2. Click on the button marked: “LOG IN” as shown below.

Note

Applicant Eligibility

For a candidate to be eligible to apply for placement, the following conditions will apply:

i. A Kenyan Citizen governed by Chapter Three of the Constitution of Kenya and the
Kenya Citizenship Act Cap 170.
ii. Sponsorship will be eligible to all applicants provided that the KCSE Candidates of the year preceding the selection and those who have never benefited before are given priority.
iii. The minimum admission requirement to apply for degree programmes will be C+.
iv. The minimum admission requirement to apply for a diploma will be C-.
v. The minimum admission requirement to apply for a craft certificate will be D.
vi. The minimum admission requirement to apply for an Artisan certificate will be E.
vii. Applications shall be subjected to minimum subjects requirements from regulators
and training institutions where applicable.

Step Five: Dashboard

On the dashboard, you will be able to view:

1. A summary of the available institutions and courses.

2. The applicant’s weighted cluster points for the 23 clusters (for Degree-qualified
applicants only). The PDF with all the clusters can be found under ‘Downloads’

NOTE:

Where the points read ‘0.000’ the candidate did not sit examinations for a subject that is mandatory for courses in a cluster.

3. The applicant’s registration details and performance as received from KNEC.

Step Six: Institutions

1. To view the institutions available for application, click on the menu link
“Institutions”

2. A list of all institutions will be displayed as shown:

3. Clicking on any of the institutions will display the programmes they have on offer, that is:

Step Seven: Programmes on Offer

1. To view the programmes on offer for application, click on the menu link
“Programmes”

2. All programmes have been grouped into wide fields of interest to assist the applicants choose their most preferred programme.

3. Clicking on any of the fields lists all programmes classified under it e.g. ‘Business (Diploma)’ returns:

4. A search-bar has been provided to ease the process if the applicant already knows the programme they would like to apply for:

5. The applicant only needs to type part of the title e.g. searching for ‘Civil’ returns:

6. Clicking any of the programmes opens a page detailing the programme information.

Notes:

Applicant Choices

Applicant will be expected to make applications by submitting their preferred choices
where a valid choice will constitute a programme code, programme name and the
institution name.

i. Applicants with an overall grade of C+ and above will be allowed to make a
maximum of 6 choices for degree programmes where 1(a), 1(b) and 1(c) must be
similar programmes and 4 for diploma programmes.
ii. Applicants with an overall grade of C- and above, will be allowed to make a
maximum of 8 choices; 4 for diploma and 4 for craft certificate programmes.
iii. Applicants with an overall grade of D and above, will be allowed to make a
maximum of 8 choices; 4 for craft certificate and 4 for artisan certificate programmes.
iv. Applicants with an overall grade below D, will be allowed to make a
maximum of 4 choices from artisan certificate programmes.
v. An applicant may choose any programmes for which they qualify provided
that no choice is repeated.

Step Eight: Programme Details

1. The programme page displays either:
a. The cluster subjects used to calculate weighted cluster points (for Degree
programmes)

Or:
b. The Minimum mean grade (for TVET programmes)

2. The minimum subject requirements (where applicable) are also outlined on this page:

NOTE: To pursue a course you must have:

i. Sat for the subjects listed during their KCSE examination.
ii. Attained the grade listed or higher.
3. All the institutions that offer the programme will be listed at the bottom of the page, along with previous years’ cut-off points.

Step Nine: Choosing your Programmes

1. For Degree applicants, the Weighted Cluster Points are already calculated and
displayed per programme on the right-most column.

2. The previous cut-off points for each programme are listed per institution to guide
degree applicants.

Tip:

Cut-off points for any year are the weighted cluster points for the last competititvely placed applicant. i.e. Suppose the Bachelor of Arts programme at an institution requires only 10 students but 13 applications are received. The best performing 10 applicants will be picked and the that are 3 left out will be considered for their other choices. However, the weighted points for the last (10th) student will form the cut-off points for the programme at the institution.

NOTE:

i. The cut-off points are not predetermined and will not be available while
applications are ongoing.
ii. Cut-off points vary by programme, institution and application year.
iii. Previous years’ cut-off points are provided to guide applicants during the
application process.

TVET applicants only use the minimum grade and subject requirements to gauge their
qualification to a programme.

4. Once the applicant identifies a programme they feel they will compete favourably:

a. Only the 7-character code is needed for application:

5. You can write the code down for application later or add the programme to your
course basket by clicking the button marked “ADD” next to the course.

a. For programmes added to the basket the button turns green and the words
change to “ADDED”

b. The saved courses can be accessed by either clicking the menu item marked
“Course Basket” or on the icon marked “Basket”

6. To view your saved courses, you must provide your contact information.
a. Ensure the contacts are valid and correct as they will be used to get in touch
with you after placement.

7. Only the courses shortlisted will be displayed here.

Alert:

This DOES NOT constitute an application, no course listed here will be considered
until an application is made!

Step Ten: Making an Application

1. When you are ready to make an application, click on the tab titled; “Application/Revision”

a. The application instructions will be listed here, read and understand.

2. Click on “APPLY NOW” to proceed

3. The applicant will see have access to a form (or two) for the level of programmes they qualify for:

4. Enter the 7-character programme codes for the programmes that the applicant most
prefers.

Tip: Placement processing follows the applicant’s list procedurally, so order them by order of preference i.e. most preferred as 1a and least preferred as 4.

a. Submit the application for consideration.

b. Make a payment through Mpesa with the details provided at this step.

Alert:

Do NOT make a payment before getting to this stage, the amount and account are
unique to each applicant.

Tip:

i. Check the transaction code carefully not to confuse the numbers: ‘0’, ‘1’ and
‘5’ with the letters: ‘O’, ‘I’ and ‘S’.
ii. Retain the Mpesa message, you will need the transaction code every time you
make changes.

10-0: Payment Reversals

Reversals will be done for erroneous payments in the following ways:

i. For non-existent accounts, reversals will be made within 14 days.
ii. Reversals for payments made to wrong but valid accounts e.g. payment made
for account 12345678912 instead of 12345678911 must be requested in
writing to the Chief Executive Officer.

10-1: Multiple Categories Applications

1. The applicant is allowed to apply for more that one level of programmes if they
qualify for multiple i.e.: Diploma and Craft Certificate programmes.
a. You will need to click the “SUBMIT” button at the bottom of the form for the
second level.

b. The applicant must explicitly opt-in to multiple category processing if the
applicant wants the second level to be considered. The status is shown via a
switch on the top of the page:

Note:

The programmes for the second level will not be considered unless the applicant opts
in.

c. Opt-in

Alert:

This means if you miss your first set of applications, you will be considered for
the second i.e. you may be placed to one of the Craft courses if you miss all your
diploma choices.

10-2: Changing Application

An applicant may make as many changes as they want before the deadline. These
include:

1. Opting out of multiple application processing:

a. The applicant will need to enter their password to verify the change.

Deleting applications:

a. Clicking on the “DELETE” button over the application.

Alert:

This deletes the entire application and the choices.

b. Deleting every programme code one at a time.

10-3: Viewing Your Application

The applicant may view their application at any time by:

1. Visiting “Application/Revision” tab and moving to the “APPLICATION
HISTORY” page:

a. The current application will be viewable here, ensure the courses and their
order are as you would want them considered.

2. Visiting “Dashboard” tab:

a. The active application will be highlighted in blue:

10-4: Tracking Your Application

3. The applicant can keep track of the changes made on the application by visiting
“Application/Revision” tab and moving to the “APPLICATION LOG” page:

a. All changes made from the applicant’s account will be listed here

Settings

An applicant may change their contact information at any time by clicking the settings
button:

The following form can then be edited:

How to Know the University/College That You Have Been Placed by KUCCPS

KUCCPS admissions list is usually out shortly after the 2nd revision of courses. To find out the university and course or the college and course you have been admitted to, log into your KUCCPS account and the details will be on the dashboard. You will see an image similar to the one below indicating the university/college, course and code.
You will then get an sms and email from the university/college several days/weeks later.

More Tips & Resources;

Be sure not to delete the Mpesa message once you have paid or record the details somewhere; you will need the transaction code every time you make changes. If you delete by mistake, you can get your Mpesa statement from Safaricom to retrieve the code.

Pay the amount required at at a go. Do not split it e.g. 1000 then 500 or 500 then 500 again etc.

Check and counter-check the numbers before submitting the payment. If you put your index number wrongly, it may take a while before there is a reversal of the Mpesa etc.

Submit your application early. Do not wait until the last days.

For university applicants, note that private universities may ask for higher fees than public universities, even for government sponsored students. Additionally, if you transfer to a different course from the one allocated by KUCCPS, you may be required to the same amount of fees paid by privately sponsored students.

KUCCPS Degree Cluster Document – PDF Download

KUCCPS Degree Programmes Cutoffs – PDF Download

KUCCPS Diploma Requirements and Programmes – PDF Download

KUCCPS Diploma Programme Codes – PDF Download

KUCCPS Craft Programme Codes – PDF Download

KUCCPS Artisan Programmes Codes – PDF Download

KUCCPS List of Unplaced Students – Coming Soon After First Revision of Courses – PDF Download

2023 KUCCPS Placement to Universities, Public Tvet Colleges and TTCs For Government Sponsorship 

All Students who Scored C+ and Above in 2022 KCSE Secure University Slots
Placement to Universities, Public Tvet Colleges and TTCs For Government Sponsorship

The Kenya Universities and Colleges Central Placement Service (KUCCPS) wishes to announce that:

The online application system for placement to universities and colleges under Government Sponsorship is now open until Thursday, June 2, 2022.

All the 2021 KCSE candidates who applied for courses at school and would wish to revise their choices are invited to do so. Those who did not apply at school can also submit their applications within the period.

What are the minimum requirements?

The overall minimum entry requirement for Degree courses is a mean grade of C+.

The overall minimum entry requirement for Diploma courses is C- (minus); for Craft Certificate courses is D (plain); and for Artisan Certificate courses is E.

Who can apply?

Application for degree courses is open only to the KCSE examination class of 2021 (applicants with C+ and above).

Form Four Leavers who sat the KCSE examination between the years 2000 and 2021 and have never been placed by KUCCPS are eligible to apply for courses at all levels except Degree. (i.e. they can only apply for courses offered in the TVET colleges)

Form Four Leavers who sat for KCSE between the years 2000 and 2021 and scored C (plain) and above are eligible to apply for placement to Primary Teacher Training Colleges (TTCs).

Application to Primary TTCs is also open to Kenyans who have done other courses but wish to train to become teachers, those with foreign qualifications and non-Kenyan citizens.

Application Guidelines

All applications must be submitted online through the KUCCPS Student’s Portal, students.kuccps.net.

Application guidelines, available programmes, minimum subject requirements and applicants’ weighted cluster points (cluster weights) are available on the portal.

How to Apply

1. Visit the KUCCPS website www.kuccps.ac.ke and click Student’s Portal tab.
2. On the portal, click the Login tab.
3. To log in, enter your KCSE Index Number, your KCSE year and your password. (Your password is your KCPE index number OR your birth certificate number.)
4. Once logged in, view the available courses, universities and TVET colleges on the Programmes and Institutions tabs. When you find the courses you want and qualify for, add them to the Basket or note down their programme codes.
5. To apply, click Application/Revision and key in the programme codes in the provided form in the order or priority. (If you enter a code for a course you don’t qualify for, the system will reject it and you will have to enter a code for another course. Repeat this until all codes are accepted).
6. Once the system has accepted all your programme codes, Submit.
7. To complete your submission, follow the payment procedures that will appear on your screen.
8. For detailed guidelines, download and read the Student’s Guide available on the portal under Downloads. See –

KUCCPS Application Guidelines

Application Support

Applicants who may need support are advised to KUUCPS officers stationed in the Huduma Centres located in Nairobi (GPO), Mombasa, Kisumu, Nyeri, Garissa, Kitui, Eldoret, Kakamega, Meru, Kitale, Thika, Isiolo, Narok, Laikipia and Nakuru, or any other Huduma Centre countrywide.

Advisory on Fraudulent Sites

Applicants are advised to beware of potentially fraudulent social media pages and websites providing false and misleading information about the placement process. To verify information about the placement process, check the mainstream media, KUCCPS website and the KUCCPS social media pages shown below:

Facebook: @the.placement.service | Twitter: @KUCCPS_Official (with a blue tick).

_________________

 

KUCCPS Application for Placement to Universities and Colleges for 2023/2024 

Application for placement to artisan, craft, diploma and degree courses under government sponsorship for the 2023/2024 academic year has commenced in secondary schools / KCSE examination centres countrywide (school application)

Here is what you need to know about the school application.

1. What is Centre/School Application?

This is the first opportunity given to KCSE examination candidates to select, list and submit the courses that they wish to pursue after their secondary education at degree, diploma, craft and artisan level. The application is done in secondary schools/examination centres that have registered KCSE candidates.

2. Who is eligible to apply?

All candidates quality for placement to universities or colleges irrespective of their KCSE examination results (grades A to E). Candidates have an opportunity to choose their preferred courses as shown below:

Degree courses choices: 1(a), 1(b), 1(C), 2, 3 and 4

Diploma course choices: 1, 2, 3 and 4

Craft course choices: 1, 2, 3 and 4

Artisan course choices: 1, 2, 3 and 4

3. How does the school application happen?

School principals are required to guide Form Four students in listing the courses they wish to pursue at all levels (degree, diploma, craft and artisan).

The students are required to list the courses in the order of preference at all the levels.

The principal/teacher then logs on to the KUCCPS portal (schools.kuccps.net), enters and submits the choices following the guidelines provided in the Principal’s Manual, which is available on the portal as a download.

While submitting the choices, the principal/career teacher is also required to submit the placement fee collected from the candidates as one bulk payment.

Note: All secondary schools with KCSE examination candidates have been provided with access credentials to the KUCCPS portal (schools.kuccps.net).

4. What are the advantages of school application?

Applying for placement at school (as opposed to after school) has numerous advantages to students:

Teachers are available to provide career guidance to the students.

Applying at school benefits students who live in remote areas or lack the necessary facilities such as the Internet at home. A majority of secondary schools have access to the facilities.

In the past, many KCSE candidates performed well but failed to apply for placement to university and/or college resulting in them failing to be placed to courses of their choice. Applying at school before the KCSE examination ensures this does not happen.

Students applying at school get an early exposure to courses and careers and tend to make better choices later at the application revision stage.

Applying at school costs sh.500, hence is cheaper compared to submitting choices during the revision of choices, which costs sh.1,500 per applicant.

5. What is the procedure for submitting students’ choices through the portal for the first time?

Once all the students have submitted their choices, the principal should follow the procedure outlined below.

Go to your browser and enter the URL schools.kuccps.net or click Principals Portal on the KUCCPS website.

If the school does not have an account in the KUCCPS portal, create one through the ‘New Account’ link. Fill in the relevant verification details and submit.

Log in with the registered credentials, i.e. a username (Tsc No. /ID. No. /PP. No.) and a password.

Go to the ‘Applications’ tab.

Click ‘Application Template’. This will download an Excel workbook for you to populate.

After you have filled the template, click on ‘Upload Form’ and submit.

For more detailed guidelines. download and read the Principals Manual from the Placement Service website – www.kuccps.ac.ke or cell 0723954927/ 020 5137400 for guidance.

6. How much does one pay?

An application fee of ksh. 500 shall be charged per student.

7. How do I make payment?

Candidates should submit the application fee to the school, which will in turn make the payments in bulk on behalf of the student. The money is payable to:

KUCCPS Pay bill Number: 820201

Account number: 8 digit center code

Amount: 5OO x number of students

8. How does one confirm whether the application was submitted successfully?

• The principal can generate an application report after successfully submitting the application. The application report should then be shared with the students and parents/guardians.

9. How can students confirm if their teacher submitted their choices?

 

KCSE candidates who have listed their preferred courses and paid the required Ksh500 should check with their principal to ensure that their application has been submitted.
They can verify using an application report generated from the system after submission of the choices or they can contact KUCCPS for assistance.

 

10. What is the role of a parent/guardian in the school/centre application process?

A parent or guardian of a KCSE candidate should advise and guide the student in choosing the right course and thereafter follow up with the school to ensure the student’s choices have been submitted successfully to KUCCPS.

11. What is the role of a teacher?

Offering career guidance to the students and assisting them to select courses that fit their career dreams and am aligned to their KCSE subjects. They should also ensure that their candidates’ choices are submitted to KUCCPS before the deadline.

12. What is the role of a KCSE candidate?

Listing the courses they wish to do in university/college by taking into account their interests, personalities, KCSE subjects and projected KCSE result. They should not be swayed by peer pressure but should carefully consider their options and seek guidance from their teachers and parents.

13. Where can I get more information on different career paths?

The Placement Service has published The Essential Career Guide: Making an Informed Choice, a hand-book for students seeking to prepare adequately for the world of work. It provides insights to course selection, career opportunities, subject requirements and funding opportunities, among others. The book is available in all the major bookshops at the cost of Ksh. 350. You can also buy it directly from KUCCPS or the Kenya Literature Bureau (KLB.) which is the official distributor. A digital copy is available online through https://klbbooks.com

More Details

For more information and application details, see; KUCCPS Application for Placement to Universities and Colleges for 2020/2021 KCSE Candidates



https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIXN-cZC5fQ43g3GiYlPyvw?view_as=subscriber
info@kuccps.ac.ke

KUCCPS 2023/2024 Intake Application Guidelines

1. To apply, login to the KUCCPS Student’s Portal using your KCSE Index Number and KCSE Year. Use your Birth Certificate Number/KCPE Index Number as the Password.

2. All programmes have minimum subject requirements. You will only be able to apply for a course whose minimum requirements you meet, but the selection will be determined by the overall performance and the available capacity.

3. You may view the available programmes and their requirements by clicking the Programmes tab in the portal. You can also search for courses by institution, using the Institutions tab.

4. As you select the programmes, you may move the ones that interest you into the Course Basket. This will enable you to work with a shorter list when preparing your final list of courses to apply for.

5. Once you have settled on your preferred courses, you will only be required to enter the Programme Codes.

6. To apply, use the Application/Revision tab to enter the Programme Codes.

7. After confirming that the Programme Codes entered are for the courses you would like to apply for, please submit and follow the application fee payment instructions.

8. An application processing fee is charged as follows:

– Students applying for the first time – Ksh. 1,500
– Students revising their choices submitted in school – Ksh. 1,000.

9. The placement processing fee should be paid after you have selected courses.

10. You are advised to keep your transaction code safely. It will be required before you make any subsequent changes to your application.

11. How to Pay for KUCCPS Application Fee;

– Go to your Lipa Na M-PESA Menu
– Select Pay Bill
– Enter Business Number 820201
– For the Account Number, enter your KCSE Year and KCSE Index Number (no space)
– Enter your M-PESA PIN and Send.

Log into Your KUCCPS Account Now to Find Out the Course and University or College that You Have Been Admitted to!

KUCCPS Inter-Institution Transfer Application for the 2023/2024 Placement Cycle

The Kenya Universities and Colleges Central Placement Service has opened the online application system for inter-institutional transfer (IIT) applications.

The application is open for KCSE candidates who have been successfully placed in various universities and TVET institutions but wish to transfer to other institutions.

Application Procedure

All applications for inter-institution transfers MUST be submitted online through the Student’s Portal (students.kuccps.net). The entire process is automated and printing the filled application form will no longer be necessary.

Detailed guidelines for the IIT application are available on the portal.

The IIT processing fee should be paid only after the applicant has successfully completed the necessary steps in the application process following the instructions provided in the portal. Do not make any prior payment.

Applicants are cautioned against sending money to any individual purporting to be in a position to assist them. The Placement Service does not require applicants to send money to any mobile phone numbers.

Transfer processing fee shall be paid to the KUCCPS MPESA Pay Bill No.820201.

Please read and follow all instructions provided.
For further assistance, contact the Placement Service through the numbers 020 5137400, 0723 954 927 and 0734 879 662. You may also email us to info@kuccps.ac.ke or visit our Facebook page The.Placement.Service and Twitter Handle @KUCCPS_Official.

Kuccps online application for courses

Applicant Eligibility

For a candidate to be eligible to apply for placement, the following conditions
will apply:

A Kenyan Citizen governed by Chapter III of the Constitution of Kenya and the Kenya Citizenship Act Cap 172 of 2011

Application will only be eligible to the KCSE candidates attaining the cut-off marks indicated by KUCCPS from time to time.

Applicant Choices;

Candidates are allowed to make a total of 6 choices for either degree or diploma
programmes.

1(a), 1(b) and 1(c) must be similar programmes while Choices 2, 3 and, 4 can be any other programmes.

Candidates with disabilities will download and fill the Disability application form and return the dully filled form to the Placement Service.

Application Requirements;

All applicants will require the following for KUCCPS Application and Student Portal Log-in;

KCSE Index Number

KCPE Index Number or

Birth Certificate Number

An email address (you can open one for free)

A telephone number

Enough money in your Mpesa to pay for revision.

The revision charge is Ksh. 1,000 for those candidates who had applied in School and Ksh. 1,500 for those who had not applied in school.

Procedure for Online application of Programmes Choices.

Step 1:

Access from your computer https://www.kuccps.net/ then click on First Revision to proceed. (Or Second Revision during the 2nd Revision)

Note: Your Password is confidential and MUST never be made known to another person.

Step 2:

The student should input their index number, the year they sat for KCSE examination and their birth certificate number according to the information given to KNEC.

In case the birth certificate number was not provided during registration the student should use their KCPE index number as the password.

Step 2:

The student should input their index number, the year they sat for KCSE examination and their birth certificate number according to the information given to KNEC.

In case the birth certificate number was not provided during registration the student should use their KCPE index number as the password.

Step 3: Accessing Available Programmes

Click on Courses/Programmes.

Access Courses / Programmes within a particular grouping by clicking the group name e.g. Engineering.
Click on the particular programme that you want to pursue i.e. if it is Bachelor of Engineering (Civil Engineering), click on it.
The following page shows the cluster subject requirements for a particular course, similar programmes and their codes that will be used on the application and a key for the abbreviated institution.
Step 4: Application Fee Payment

a) Pay the required amount through your mobile phone by Mpesa following the instructions below:

Go to M-PESA on your phone.

Select Pay Bill option.

Enter Business no. 820201.

Enter KCSE Examination year followed by 11 Digit INDEX NO e.g.201801234567891 as your account number.

Enter the Amount.

Enter your M-PESA PIN and Send.

b) You will receive a payment confirmation message from Mpesa. The confirmation message received from MPESA should not be deleted as it the transaction ID number will be used to confirm the changes every time one makes a change / update on the system.

Step 5: Application/Revision of Courses/Programmes

Use the link titled APPLICATION/REVISION to complete your application/revision as follows:

a) Enter the Programme codes for the revised programme choices that you recorded on the column labeled “New Programme Code” and Tick “ select to change/revise” column programmes you want to change / Revise.

b) The choices you have made will be displayed below if the changes / revision was saved
successfully (without errors). If you find errors indicated in red, correct and save again.<
Step 6: Log Out / Sign Out

You MUST Log out when you have finalized with application. This is necessary so as to keep your application information safe.

1.5 KUCCPS Support

For further assistance, an applicant may visit the KUCCPS offices at 1st Ngong Avenue, ACK Garden, Community, during the application period.

Enquires may also be made by sending an email through info@kuccps.ac.ke or Call either 0723-954-927 or 0734-879- 662 between 8 am and 5 pm during the application period.

Note:

There will be NO MANUAL REVISION using physical application forms. KUCCPS application must be done online following the procedure given above.

All payments for application MUST be made through MPESA as explained in step 4 of the procedure. Any other mode of payment will NOT BE ACCEPTED.

Training Opportunities in TVET Institutions

Are you a KCSE holder who has not yet enrolled into a TVET college? Did you miss the last placement to diploma, certificate and artisan courses?

The Kenya Universities and Colleges Central Placement Service (KUCCPS) is once again inviting you to apply for a TVET course of your choice in National Polytechnics, Technical Training Institutes or other Technical and Vocational Education and Training (TVET) institutions.

The minimum requirements are:

Mean Grade of D – (minus) and below for Artisan Certificate Courses

Mean Grade of D (plain) and above for Craft Certificate Courses; and

Mean Grade of C – (Minus) and above for Diploma Courses.

Eligible Candidates

All KCSE certificate holders who have not benefited from Government sponsorship before are eligible to apply where they meet the minimum requirements, whichever year one did the KCSE examination.

How to Apply

All applications must be done online through the Student’s Portal accessible via the Placement Service website www.kuccps.ac.ke.

The application procedure, available TVET courses and their requirements, a list of Government institutions sponsored under the Ministry of Education and other relevant information are available on the Student’s portal.

Application support will be provided through the Huduma Centres in Nairobi (GPO and Makadara), Mombasa, Kisumu, Nyeri, Garissa, Kitui, Eldoret, Kakamega, Meru and Nakuru, subject to social distancing and hygiene measures put in place in the respective Huduma Centres.

In addition, the Placement Service will continuously provide support through its official digital platforms.

For more information, visit the Placement Service website www.kuccps.ac.ke or call 020 5137400, 0723954927 or 0734879662.

For your placement results, log in your KUCCPS Account at – https://students.kuccps.net/

How to Download University of Nairobi Admission Letter for 2023 Kcse Candidates
Kuccps Admission List Egerton University
Kuccps Admission List Kenyatta University Kenya
Kuccps Admission List Kirinyaga University
Kuccps Admission List Ku
Kuccps Admission List Ku Kenya
Kuccps Admission List Laikipia University
Kuccps Admission List Multimedia University of Kenya
Kuccps Admission List Nairobi University Kenya
Kuccps Admission List Pwani University
Kuccps Admission List Uon
Can I do Diploma in Education with C Minus?
Can I do Diploma in Nursing with C minus?
College Sponsorship in Kenya
Fully Funded Scholarships for Kenyan Students 2024
Fully Funded Scholarships for Kenyan Students 2024-2025
Government Sponsored Colleges in Kenya
Government Sponsored Students in Kenya
NGO Scholarships in Kenya
Sponsorship Opportunities in Kenya
Undergraduate Scholarships in Kenya 2024
Scholarships for Study in Kenya Colleges and Universities.
Scholarships and Bursaries for Kenyan Students.
Fully Funded Scholarships for Kenyan Students 2024.
Scholarships in Kenya for Undergraduates 2024.
Kenya Scholarships 2024/23.
Scholarships for KCSE C, D & E Students
The government is offering sponsorships to students
KUCCPS Government Sponsorship 2024
KUCCPS Government Sponsorships 2024
KUCCPS Government Sponsorship
KUCCPS Government Sponsorships
How to Apply for a Course Through KUCCPS
How to Apply for a College Course Through KUCCPS
How to Apply for a University Course Through KUCCPS
How to Apply for Course Through KUCCPS
How to Apply for College Course Through KUCCPS
How to Apply for University Course Through KUCCPS
How to Apply for Courses Through KUCCPS
How to Apply for College Courses Through KUCCPS
How to Apply for University Courses Through KUCCPS
Kuccps:all Degree Courses… Plus and D Plus in Maths
Kuccps:all Diploma Courses… Plus and D Plus in Maths
Kuccps:all Certificate Courses… Plus and D Plus in Maths
Kuccps:all Artisan Courses… Plus and D Plus in Maths
Kuccps: All Degree Courses… Plus and D Plus in Maths
Kuccps: All Diploma Courses… Plus and D Plus in Maths
Kuccps: All Certificate Courses… Plus and D Plus in Maths
Kuccps: All Artisan Courses… Plus and D Plus in Maths
Application for University and College Placement in Kenya
Are Kuccps Admission Letter Out?
Are the Kuccps Results Out?
Are Tvet Colleges Free?
Are You Getting an Error Message When Submitting Your Courses
Can a D+ Do Teaching?
Can a Posted Transaction Be Returned?
Can a Transaction Be Reversed?
Can Diploma Students Get Helb Loan?
Can I Be a Primary Teacher With C?
Can I Become a Teacher With a Diploma?
Can I Block Someone From Taking Money From My Bank Account?
Can I Change My Till Number Name?
Can I Dispute a Claim Reversal?
Can I Do Ecd With C Minus?
Can I Do Ecd With D+?
Can I Do Education With C Minus?
Can I Do Nursing With a C +?
Can I Do P1 With D Plain?
Can I Do Pharmacy With C?
Can I Do Teaching With a Mean Grade of C?
Can I Do Teaching With D Plain?
Can I Join Ku With Ad +?
Can I Join Teaching With C Minus?
Can Pending Transactions Be Reversed?
Can Safaricom Reverse Mpesa?
Can You Block Someone on Mpesa?
Can You Cancel a Bank Transfer After Its Been Sent?
Can You Get a Bank Transfer Returned?
Can You Reverse M-pesa After 24 Hours?
Can You Reverse Mpesa After 24 Hours?
Can You Reverse Paybill?
Can You Transfer From One University to Another After First Year?
Ceo Kuccps Contacts
Complete Guide to Making Kuccps Mpesa Payment
Complete Guide to Making Kuccps Mpesa Payments
Distance.mku.ac.ke Student Portal
Do Safaricom Lines Expire?
Do You Pay for Kuccps?
Does Kuccps Pay Fees for Students
Does Kuccps Pay Fees for Students?
Does Kuccps Refund Money?
Does Kuccps Sponsor Certificate Students?
Does Kuccps Sponsor Diploma Students?
Does Kuccps Sponsor?
Does Tvet Sponsor Students?
E Learning Student Portal
E-learning Mku Student Portal
Example of a Mpesa Transaction Code
Example of Mpesa Transaction Code
Example of Mpesa Transaction Code for Kuccps
Example of Transaction Code
Fake Mpesa Messages
Feedback
Find Kuccps Whatsapp Number
Helb Customer Care Number
Helb Mpesa Paybill No
Helb Mpesa Transaction Code
Helb Paybill Number for Subsequent Application
Helb Payment Deadline
Helb Payment Minimum Amount
Helb Payment via Mpesa
Helb Portal
Here Is Kuccps Whatsapp Number
How Can I Communicate With Kuccps?
How Can I Get M-pesa Code?
How Can I Get Mpesa Statement From Safaricom?
How Can I Get My Calling Letter?
How Can I Get My Lipa Na M-pesa Number?
How Can I Recover Money Sent to Wrong Number?
How Can I See My Admission Letter?
How Can I Send Money to Someone in Kenya?
How Do I Ask About My University Application Status?
How Do I Become a M-pesa Agent in Kenya?
How Do I Become a M-pesa Sub Agent?
How Do I Become a P1 Teacher?
How Do I Become a Sponsor for Kuccps?
How Do I Check My Kuccps Admission Letter?
How Do I Check My Kuccps Payment?
How Do I Check My M-pesa Online?
How Do I Check My Mpesa Statement Mpesa Agent?
How Do I Check My Mpesa Transaction Code?
How Do I Contact Kuccps?
How Do I Download My Ug Admission Letter?
How Do I Email University Admission?
How Do I Find My Paybill Number?
How Do I Find My Ug Pin and Serial Number?
How Do I Get a Kuccps Admission Letter?
How Do I Get Money Sent to the Wrong Number?
How Do I Get My College Admissions Letter?
How Do I Get My Money Back From Kuccps?
How Do I Get My Safaricom Till Number?
How Do I Know if I Have Gained Admission?
How Do I Know My Kuccps Application Was Successful?
How Do I Know Where Kuccps Have Placed Me?
How Do I Log Into My Ug Application?
How Do I Make a Payment to Kuccps?
How Do I Pay My Kuccps Application?
How Do I Receive Mpesa Transactions?
How Do I Reverse a Payment to Kuccps?
How Do I Reverse Money Sent to Kuccps?
How Do I Reverse Mpesa?
How Do I Reverse Wrong Mpesa?
How Do I Send Money From Kenya to Tanzania Mpesa?
How Do I Send Money From Mpesa 2023 to Tanzania?
How Do I Send Money From Nigeria to Kenya via Mpesa?
How Do I Send Money to Tanzania via M-pesa 2023?
How Do I Send Money via Mpesa?
How Do I Send Money via Vodacom Mpesa?
How Do I Use Mpesa Code for Kuccps?
How Do I Use Mpesa Transaction Code in Kuccps?
How Do I Withdraw My M-pesa Agent Commission?
How Do You Check if You Have Been Admitted Into University?
How Do You Check if You Have Been Admitted to Legon?
How Do You Find a Till Number on a Statement?
How Do You Get a Government Sponsorship?
How Do You Get C+ in Kcse?
How Do You Know the University You Have Been Placed by Kuccps?
How Do You Reverse a Payment?
How Do You Reverse a Wrong Transaction?
How Do You Reverse Money From Kuccps?
How Do You Send a Formal Email?
How Do You Write an Email to Admission to School?
How Do You Write an Email?
How Long Do Voided Transactions Take?
How Long Does a Reversal Transaction Take?
How Long Does It Take for a Payment to Be Reversed?
How Long Does It Take for a Transaction to Reverse?
How Long Does It Take for Mpesa Reversal?
How Long Does It Take for Safaricom to Reverse Money?
How Long Is P1 Course?
How Many Tvet Colleges Are There in Kenya?
How Much Can a Till Number Hold?
How Much Commission Do M-pesa Agents Make?
How Much Do M-pesa Agents Earn Per Month Near Nairobi?
How Much Do M-pesa Agents Earn Per Month?
How Much Does a Government Sponsored Student Pay?
How Much Does an M-pesa Agent Line Cost?
How Much Does Government Pay for Kuccps?
How Much Does Government Pay for Tvet Students?
How Much Does It Cost to Open an M-pesa Shop?
How to Check Cat Marks in Mku Student Portal
How to Check Mpesa Statement
How to Confirm Mpesa Transaction Code
How to Do Kuccps Payment Reversal
How to Do University and College Placement in Kenya
How to Download Kuccps Student Portal App for Course
How to Know the University Am Placed?
How to Pay Kuccps Using Mpesa
How to Track Your Mpesa Transactions
How to Verify Mpesa Transaction Code
Inuka Mpesa Code
Is Embu College a Tvet Institution?
Is Kmtc a Tvet College?
Is Kuccps Admission Letters Out?
Is Kuccps Money Refundable?
Is Kuccps Placement Out?
Is Kuccps Portal 2023 Open?
Is Mpesa Available in Nigeria?
Is There Certificate in P1?
Kuccps Address
Kuccps Admission/student Portal
Kuccps Application
Kuccps Application 2023
Kuccps Career Portal
Kuccps Ceo Email Address
Kuccps Contacts
Kuccps Contacts Details
Kuccps Courses
Kuccps Email
Kuccps Email Address
Kuccps Mpesa Transaction Code
Kuccps Mpesa Transaction Validation Problem
Kuccps News – Questions & Answers
Kuccps Number
Kuccps Offices Direction
Kuccps Offices Location in Nairobi
Kuccps Pay Bill Number
Kuccps Pay Bill Number Is 820201
Kuccps Paybill and Account Number
Kuccps Payment Mistake
Kuccps Payment Mistakes
Kuccps Payment Not Found
Kuccps Payment Reversal
Kuccps Payment Reversal Process
Kuccps Placement
Kuccps Registration
Kuccps Registration 2023
Kuccps School Payment
Kuccps Student Portal
Kuccps Student Portal : Application Portal
Kuccps Student Portal Admission Letters
Kuccps Student Portal Cluster Points
Kuccps Student Portal Login 2023
Kuccps Student Portal: Application Portal
Kuccps Transfer
Kuccps Transfer Portal Login
Kuccps Whatsapp Group Link
Kuccps Whatsapp Number
Kuccps Whatsapp Number Available Here
Kuccps | the Placement Service
Mku Assessment Portal
Mku Student Portal
Mku Student Portal Fee Structure
Mku Student Portal Graduation List 2023
Mpesa Can Now Be Accessed
Mpesa Can Now Be Accessed Through Ussd Short Code
Mpesa Can Now Be Accessed Through Ussd Short Codes
Mpesa Code
Mpesa Code Example
Mpesa Code Number
Mpesa Code Verification
Mpesa Confirmation Message
Mpesa Full Statement
Mpesa Statement
Mpesa Statement App
Mpesa Statement Login
Mpesa Statement of One Year
Mpesa Statement Ussd
Mpesa Transaction Checker
Mpesa Ussd Short Code
My Mpesa Statement for 2023
New Mpesa Short Code
New Mpesa Short Code to Verify Recipient
Next
Safaricom
Searches
Should I Email My Admissions Officer?
Student Login – Kuccps | the Placement Service
Unable to Login Kuccps
Verify Mpesa Transaction Code
Verify Mpesa Transaction Code Available
Verify Mpesa Transaction Code Here
Verify Mpesa Transaction Code Now
What Are the Benefits of Kuccps?
What Can I Do if I Sent Money to Wrong Number?
What Course Can a D+ Student Take?
What Course Can I Study With a D+?
What Does Reversal Pending Mean?
What Grades Do Teachers Need?
What Happens if Money Is Accidentally Deposited Into Your Account?
What Happens When Mpesa Reversal Fails?
What Is a Claim Reversal?
What Is Aggregated Mpesa Line?
What Is Kuccps Email Address?
What Is M-pesa Number?
What Is Mpesa Confirmation Code?
What Is Mpesa Transaction Code?
What Is Operator Id in Till Number?
What Is the Difference Between Aggregated M-pesa Line and Non Aggregated?
What Is the Difference Between Paybill and Till Number?
What Is the Email of Kuccps?
What Is the Kuccps Paybill Number?
What Is the Mpesa Transaction Code?
What Is the Next Letter After Admission?
Which App Can I Use to Send Money to Kenya?
Which App Can Send Money From Nigeria to Kenya?
Which Is the Best Polytechnic in Kenya?
Who Is the Ceo Kuccps?
Who Is the Ceo of Kuccps?
Why Did I Get a Claim Reversal?
Why Is Kuccps Saying Payment Not Found?
Why Is My Mpesa Suspended?
Wrong Kuccps Mpesa Transaction: How to Get Your Money Back
Www.ac.ke Student Portal
Www.helb.co.ke Loan Status
Www.safaricom.co.ke Mpesa
KUCCPS Online Application for Diploma and Certificate Courses
A Level Equivalent in Kenya
Admission Letters for Students Placed by Kuccps for 2023
Admission Letters for Students Placed by Kuccps for 2023
Are Kuccps Admission Letters Out?
Are Pwani University Admission Letters Out?
Can I Change My Course After Admission?
Can I Change University After 1st Year?
Cluster Subjects
Co-operative University of Kenya, Cuk Cut Off Points: 2023
Co-operative University of Kenya, Cuk Cut Off Points: 2023
Cut Off Point for University
Cut Off Points 2023
Cut Off Points 2023
Cut Off Points for 2023 Kcse
Cut Off Points for 2023 Kcse
Cut Off Points for Architecture
Cut Off Points for Education
Cut Off Points for Engineering
Cut Off Points for Law
Cut Off Points for Medicine
Does Kuccps Pay Fees for Students?
Education Ministry to Review C+ University Entry Grade
Entry Requirements for Students From Kenya
Gcse Equivalent in Kenya
Has Kuccps Been Opened?
How Do I Check My 2023 Kuccps Placement?
How Do I Check My 2023 Kuccps Placement?
How Do I Check My Kuccps Admission Letter?
How Do I Download a Call Letter From Kuccps?
How Do I Get My Kmtc Admission Letter?
How Do I Pay My Kuccps Application Fee?
How Do You Apply Kuccps Placement?
How Do You Calculate Cluster Points?
How Do You Confirm Course and University Admitted by Kuccps?
How Do You Get College Admission Letters?
How Do You Transfer in Kuccps?
How Is Cut Off Calculated?
How to Confirm Course, University Admitted to by Kuccps
Is Kuccps Portal Open 2023?
Is Kuccps Portal Open 2023?
Is Kuccps Transfer Portal Open
Jab Cut Off Points 2023
Jab Cut Off Points 2023
Jkuat Admission Letters
Jkuat Cut Off Points 2023
Jkuat Cut Off Points 2023
Kcse Cut Off Points 2023
Kcse Cut Off Points 2023
Kcse Equivalent in Uk
Kcse Minimum Grade Required to Study a Certificate in Kenya
Kcse Minimum Grade Required to Study a Degree Certificate in Kenya
Kcse Minimum Grade Required to Study a Degree in Kenya
Kcse Minimum Grade Required to Study a Diploma Certificate in Kenya
Kcse Minimum Grade Required to Study a Diploma in Kenya
Kcse University Entry Points 2023
Kcse University Entry Points 2023
Kenya Universities and Colleges … – Kuccps
Kenyatta University Cluster Points 2023
Kenyatta University Cluster Points 2023
Kenyatta University Courses and Cluster Points 2023
Kenyatta University Courses and Cluster Points 2023
Ku Admission Letters
Ku Cut Off Points 2023
Ku Cut Off Points 2023
Kuccps
Kuccps 2023
Kuccps 2023 Cluster Points Per Course
Kuccps 2023 Inter University Transfer
Kuccps 2023 Inter University Transfer: Change of Course
Kuccps 2023 University Entry Cut Off Points
Kuccps 2023
Kuccps 2023 Cluster Points Per Course
Kuccps 2023 Inter University Transfer
Kuccps 2023 Inter University Transfer: Change of Course
Kuccps 2023 University Entry Cut Off Points
Kuccps Admission Letters
Kuccps Admission Letters 2023
Kuccps Admission Letters 2023
Kuccps Admission Letters for 2023 Candidates Kenya
Kuccps Admission Letters for 2023 Candidates Kenya
Kuccps Admission Letters Portal Login
Kuccps Admission Letters Portal Login Account Login
Kuccps Admission List 2023
Kuccps Admission List 2023 Pdf
Kuccps Admission List 2023
Kuccps Admission List 2023 Pdf
Kuccps Ceo Email Address
Kuccps Certificate Courses
Kuccps Certificate Courses 2023
Kuccps Certificate Courses 2023
Kuccps Cluster Points 2023
Kuccps Cluster Points 2023 – Pdf Download
Kuccps Cluster Points 2023
Kuccps Cluster Points 2023 – Pdf Download
Kuccps Cluster Points Calculator
Kuccps Colleges Application
Kuccps Contact Number
Kuccps Contacts
Kuccps Contacts : How to Contact Kuccp
Kuccps Contacts: Phone Numbers and Email for Inquiries
Kuccps Courses
Kuccps Courses 2023
Kuccps Courses 2023
Kuccps Courses
How to Revise University Courses Online
Kcse Kuccps Requirements for Bachelor of Mechanical Engineering
Kuccps Courses and Cluster Points Pdf 2023
Kuccps Courses and Cluster Points Pdf 2025
Kuccps Courses and Cluster Points Pdf 2023
Kuccps Courses and Cluster Points Pdf 2023
Kuccps Courses and Cluster Points Pdf 2024
Kuccps Courses and Cluster Points
Kuccps Courses Codes
Kuccps Courses Codes 2023
Kuccps Courses Codes 2023
Kuccps Courses Pdf
Kuccps Cut Off Points 2023 for All Courses
Kuccps Cut Off Points 2023 Pdf
Kuccps Cut Off Points 2023/2023,
Kuccps Cut Off Points 2023 for All Courses
Kuccps Cut Off Points 2023 Pdf
Kuccps Cut Off Points 2023/2023,
Kuccps Deadline
Kuccps Diploma Courses
Kuccps Diploma Courses Pdf
Kuccps Downloads
Kuccps Has Released New Cutoff Points
Kuccps Inter Institution Transfer 2023
Kuccps Inter Institution Transfer 2023
Kuccps Inter University Transfer 2023
Kuccps Inter University Transfer 2023
Kuccps Inter University Transfer Form 2023
Kuccps Inter University Transfer Form 2023
Kuccps Inter-institution Transfer Is Now Open
Kuccps Inter-institutional Transfers for 2023 Now Open
Kuccps Inter-institutional Transfers for 2023 Now Open
Kuccps Inter-university Transfer 2023
Kuccps Inter-university Transfer 2023
Kuccps Latest Breaking News
Kuccps Latest News Kmtc
Kuccps List of Placed Students 2023
Kuccps List of Placed Students 2023
Kuccps Login
Kuccps New Cut Off Points
Kuccps News
Kuccps News – College & University
Kuccps News Placement
Kuccps News Today Kenya
Kuccps Online Application 2023
Kuccps Online Application 2023
Kuccps Opens Inter-university Transfer Applications
Kuccps Portal Account Login
Kuccps Postal Address
Kuccps Qualification
Kuccps Second Revision
Kuccps Selected Students
Kuccps Student Portal Admission Letters
Kuccps Students Admission Letters – Kenyatta University
Kuccps Students Portal Login
Kuccps Transfer
Kuccps Transfer 2023
Kuccps Transfer 2023
Kuccps Transfer Letter Download
Kuccps Transfer Letter Sample
Kuccps Transfer Portal 2023
Kuccps Transfer Portal 2023
Kuccps Transfer Portal Login
Kuccps University Entry Cut-off Points for Degree Programmes
Kuccps Whatsapp Number
List of Kuccps Admission Letters 2023
List of Kuccps Admission Letters 2023
Minimum Kcse Grades for University Entry in Kenya
Moi University Cluster Points 2023
Moi University Cluster Points 2023
Oxford Entry Requirements for Kenyan Students
Uk Universities That Accept Kcse Results
University Entry Grade 2023
University Entry Grade 2023
University Entry Requirement – Kcse Online
University Entry Requirements – Kcse Online
University Entry Requirements in Kenya
Who Is Eligible for Kuccps?
Kuccps Admissions List 2023/22
2023 Kuccps Admissions List
2023 Kuccps Admissions List.
2023 Kuccps Admissions List
2023 Kuccps Admissions List.
Can I Change My University in 2nd Year?
Can I Still Apply to University After the Deadline?
Can I Transfer to Another University After 1 Semester?
Can You Transfer University?
Do I Have to Send Transcripts From All Schools?
Does Kuccps Pay Fees for Students?
How Do I Apply Online for Kuccps?
How Do I Log Into My Student Portal?
How Do You Apply for Kuccps 2023?
How Do You Apply for Kuccps 2023?
How Many Transfers Does Harvard Accept?
How Much Is Kuccps Application Fee?
How Much Money Does It Cost to Transfer Schools?
Is Computer Science Marketable in Kenya?
Is It Easier for Transfer Students to Get Accepted?
Is It Hard to Transfer Colleges?
Is Kuccps Portal Open 2023
Is Kuccps Portal Open 2023?
Is Kuccps Portal Open 2023
Is Kuccps Portal Open 2023?
Is Kuccps Portal Open?
Kuccps
Kuccps 2023
Kuccps 2023 Application
Kuccps 2023 Application Deadline
Kuccps 2023 Application Process; How to Apply
Kuccps 2023 Applications
Kuccps 2023 Intake
Kuccps 2023 Intake Deadline
Kuccps 2023/2023
Kuccps 2023
Kuccps 2023 Application
Kuccps 2023 Application Deadline
Kuccps 2023 Application Process; How to Apply
Kuccps 2023 Applications
Kuccps 2023 Intake
Kuccps 2023 Intake Deadline
Kuccps 2023/2023
Kuccps Admission List 2023 – Kuccps Intake – Kuccps
Kuccps Admission List 2023 – Kuccps Intake – Kuccps
Kuccps Admission Requirements 2023 Intake
Kuccps Admission Requirements 2023 Intake
Kuccps Admissions List 2023
Kuccps Admissions List 2023
Kuccps Application
Kuccps Application 2023
Kuccps Application 2023
Kuccps Application Form 2023 Intake
Kuccps Application Form 2023 Intake
Kuccps Application Form Download
Kuccps Application Online 2023: Procedure for Application
Kuccps Application Online 2023: Procedure for Application
Kuccps Certificate Courses
Kuccps Certificate Courses Codes
Kuccps Cluster Points 2023 Pdf Download
Kuccps Cluster Points 2023 Pdf Download
Kuccps Courses
Kuccps Courses 2023
Kuccps Courses 2023
Kuccps Courses and Cluster Points Pdf 2023
Kuccps Courses Codes
Kuccps Deadline
Kuccps Deadline 2023
Kuccps Deadline 2023
Kuccps Diploma Courses 2023
Kuccps Diploma Courses 2023
Kuccps Diploma Courses Application
Kuccps Downloads
Kuccps Login
Kuccps News
Kuccps News 2023
Kuccps News 2023 Placement
Kuccps News 2023
Kuccps News 2023 Placement
Kuccps Online Application Guidelines – How to Apply
Kuccps Placement
Kuccps Programmes
Kuccps Programmes 2023
Kuccps Programmes 2023
Kuccps Student Portal 2023 Kuccps Application
Kuccps Student Portal 2023 Kuccps Application
Kuccps Student Portal 2023: Kuccps Application
Kuccps Student Portal Login
Kuccps Www.kuccps.net
Login – Kuccps | the Placement Service
Programmes – Kuccps | the Placement Service
What Colleges Accept the Most Transfer Students?
What Colleges Accept Transfer Students?
When Can I Apply for University 2023?
When Can I Apply for University 2023?
When Should I Apply for Spring Semester?
When Should I Start Applying to Transfer Colleges?
Which Universities Are Open for Application 2023?
Which Universities Are Open for Application 2023?
Who Can Apply for Kuccps?
Will My Course Transfer?
Www.kuccps.net
Application for University and College Placement in Kenya
Are Kuccps Admission Letter Out?
Are the Kuccps Results Out?
Are Tvet Colleges Free?
Are You Getting an Error Message When Submitting Your Courses
Can a D+ Do Teaching?
Can a Posted Transaction Be Returned?
Can a Transaction Be Reversed?
Can Diploma Students Get Helb Loan?
Can I Be a Primary Teacher With C?
Can I Become a Teacher With a Diploma?
Can I Block Someone From Taking Money From My Bank Account?
Can I Change My Till Number Name?
Can I Dispute a Claim Reversal?
Can I Do Ecd With C Minus?
Can I Do Ecd With D+?
Can I Do Education With C Minus?
Can I Do Nursing With a C +?
Can I Do P1 With D Plain?
Can I Do Pharmacy With C?
Can I Do Teaching With a Mean Grade of C?
Can I Do Teaching With D Plain?
Can I Join Ku With Ad +?
Can I Join Teaching With C Minus?
Can Pending Transactions Be Reversed?
Can Safaricom Reverse Mpesa?
Can You Block Someone on Mpesa?
Can You Cancel a Bank Transfer After Its Been Sent?
Can You Get a Bank Transfer Returned?
Can You Reverse M-pesa After 24 Hours?
Can You Reverse Mpesa After 24 Hours?
Can You Reverse Paybill?
Can You Transfer From One University to Another After First Year?
Ceo Kuccps Contacts
Complete Guide to Making Kuccps Mpesa Payment
Complete Guide to Making Kuccps Mpesa Payments
Distance.mku.ac.ke Student Portal
Do Safaricom Lines Expire?
Do You Pay for Kuccps?
Does Kuccps Pay Fees for Students
Does Kuccps Pay Fees for Students?
Does Kuccps Refund Money?
Does Kuccps Sponsor Certificate Students?
Does Kuccps Sponsor Diploma Students?
Does Kuccps Sponsor?
Does Tvet Sponsor Students?
E Learning Student Portal
E-learning Mku Student Portal
Example of a Mpesa Transaction Code
Example of Mpesa Transaction Code
Example of Mpesa Transaction Code for Kuccps
Example of Transaction Code
Fake Mpesa Messages
Feedback
Find Kuccps Whatsapp Number
Helb Customer Care Number
Helb Mpesa Paybill No
Helb Mpesa Transaction Code
Helb Paybill Number for Subsequent Application
Helb Payment Deadline
Helb Payment Minimum Amount
Helb Payment via Mpesa
Helb Portal
Here Is Kuccps Whatsapp Number
How Can I Communicate With Kuccps?
How Can I Get M-pesa Code?
How Can I Get Mpesa Statement From Safaricom?
How Can I Get My Calling Letter?
How Can I Get My Lipa Na M-pesa Number?
How Can I Recover Money Sent to Wrong Number?
How Can I See My Admission Letter?
How Can I Send Money to Someone in Kenya?
How Do I Ask About My University Application Status?
How Do I Become a M-pesa Agent in Kenya?
How Do I Become a M-pesa Sub Agent?
How Do I Become a P1 Teacher?
How Do I Become a Sponsor for Kuccps?
How Do I Check My Kuccps Admission Letter?
How Do I Check My Kuccps Payment?
How Do I Check My M-pesa Online?
How Do I Check My Mpesa Statement Mpesa Agent?
How Do I Check My Mpesa Transaction Code?
How Do I Contact Kuccps?
How Do I Download My Ug Admission Letter?
How Do I Email University Admission?
How Do I Find My Paybill Number?
How Do I Find My Ug Pin and Serial Number?
How Do I Get a Kuccps Admission Letter?
How Do I Get Money Sent to the Wrong Number?
How Do I Get My College Admissions Letter?
How Do I Get My Money Back From Kuccps?
How Do I Get My Safaricom Till Number?
How Do I Know if I Have Gained Admission?
How Do I Know My Kuccps Application Was Successful?
How Do I Know Where Kuccps Have Placed Me?
How Do I Log Into My Ug Application?
How Do I Make a Payment to Kuccps?
How Do I Pay My Kuccps Application?
How Do I Receive Mpesa Transactions?
How Do I Reverse a Payment to Kuccps?
How Do I Reverse Money Sent to Kuccps?
How Do I Reverse Mpesa?
How Do I Reverse Wrong Mpesa?
How Do I Send Money From Kenya to Tanzania Mpesa?
How Do I Send Money From Mpesa 2023 to Tanzania?
How Do I Send Money From Nigeria to Kenya via Mpesa?
How Do I Send Money to Tanzania via M-pesa 2023?
How Do I Send Money via Mpesa?
How Do I Send Money via Vodacom Mpesa?
How Do I Use Mpesa Code for Kuccps?
How Do I Use Mpesa Transaction Code in Kuccps?
How Do I Withdraw My M-pesa Agent Commission?
How Do You Check if You Have Been Admitted Into University?
How Do You Check if You Have Been Admitted to Legon?
How Do You Find a Till Number on a Statement?
How Do You Get a Government Sponsorship?
How Do You Get C+ in Kcse?
How Do You Know the University You Have Been Placed by Kuccps?
How Do You Reverse a Payment?
How Do You Reverse a Wrong Transaction?
How Do You Reverse Money From Kuccps?
How Do You Send a Formal Email?
How Do You Write an Email to Admission to School?
How Do You Write an Email?
How Long Do Voided Transactions Take?
How Long Does a Reversal Transaction Take?
How Long Does It Take for a Payment to Be Reversed?
How Long Does It Take for a Transaction to Reverse?
How Long Does It Take for Mpesa Reversal?
How Long Does It Take for Safaricom to Reverse Money?
How Long Is P1 Course?
How Many Tvet Colleges Are There in Kenya?
How Much Can a Till Number Hold?
How Much Commission Do M-pesa Agents Make?
How Much Do M-pesa Agents Earn Per Month Near Nairobi?
How Much Do M-pesa Agents Earn Per Month?
How Much Does a Government Sponsored Student Pay?
How Much Does an M-pesa Agent Line Cost?
How Much Does Government Pay for Kuccps?
How Much Does Government Pay for Tvet Students?
How Much Does It Cost to Open an M-pesa Shop?
How to Check Cat Marks in Mku Student Portal
How to Check Mpesa Statement
How to Confirm Mpesa Transaction Code
How to Do Kuccps Payment Reversal
How to Do University and College Placement in Kenya
How to Download Kuccps Student Portal App for Course
How to Know the University Am Placed?
How to Pay Kuccps Using Mpesa
How to Track Your Mpesa Transactions
How to Verify Mpesa Transaction Code
Inuka Mpesa Code
Is Embu College a Tvet Institution?
Is Kmtc a Tvet College?
Is Kuccps Admission Letters Out?
Is Kuccps Money Refundable?
Is Kuccps Placement Out?
Is Kuccps Portal 2023 Open?
Is Mpesa Available in Nigeria?
Is There Certificate in P1?
Kuccps Address
Kuccps Admission/student Portal
Kuccps Application
Kuccps Application 2023
Kuccps Career Portal
Kuccps Ceo Email Address
Kuccps Contacts
Kuccps Contacts Details
Kuccps Courses
Kuccps Email
Kuccps Email Address
Kuccps Mpesa Transaction Code
Kuccps Mpesa Transaction Validation Problem
Kuccps News – Questions & Answers
Kuccps Number
Kuccps Offices Direction
Kuccps Offices Location in Nairobi
Kuccps Pay Bill Number
Kuccps Pay Bill Number Is 820201
Kuccps Paybill and Account Number
Kuccps Payment Mistake
Kuccps Payment Mistakes
Kuccps Payment Not Found
Kuccps Payment Reversal
Kuccps Payment Reversal Process
Kuccps Placement
Kuccps Registration
Kuccps Registration 2023
Kuccps School Payment
Kuccps Student Portal
Kuccps Student Portal : Application Portal
Kuccps Student Portal Admission Letters
Kuccps Student Portal Cluster Points
Kuccps Student Portal Login 2023
Kuccps Student Portal: Application Portal
Kuccps Transfer
Kuccps Transfer Portal Login
Kuccps Whatsapp Group Link
Kuccps Whatsapp Number
Kuccps Whatsapp Number Available Here
Kuccps | the Placement Service
Mku Assessment Portal
Mku Student Portal
Mku Student Portal Fee Structure
Mku Student Portal Graduation List 2023
Mpesa Can Now Be Accessed
Mpesa Can Now Be Accessed Through Ussd Short Code
Mpesa Can Now Be Accessed Through Ussd Short Codes
Mpesa Code
Mpesa Code Example
Mpesa Code Number
Mpesa Code Verification
Mpesa Confirmation Message
Mpesa Full Statement
Mpesa Statement
Mpesa Statement App
Mpesa Statement Login
Mpesa Statement of One Year
Mpesa Statement Ussd
Mpesa Transaction Checker
Mpesa Ussd Short Code
My Mpesa Statement for 2023
New Mpesa Short Code
New Mpesa Short Code to Verify Recipient
Next
Safaricom
Searches
Should I Email My Admissions Officer?
Student Login – Kuccps | the Placement Service
Unable to Login Kuccps
Verify Mpesa Transaction Code
Verify Mpesa Transaction Code Available
Verify Mpesa Transaction Code Here
Verify Mpesa Transaction Code Now
What Are the Benefits of Kuccps?
What Can I Do if I Sent Money to Wrong Number?
What Course Can a D+ Student Take?
What Course Can I Study With a D+?
What Does Reversal Pending Mean?
What Grades Do Teachers Need?
What Happens if Money Is Accidentally Deposited Into Your Account?
What Happens When Mpesa Reversal Fails?
What Is a Claim Reversal?
What Is Aggregated Mpesa Line?
What Is Kuccps Email Address?
What Is M-pesa Number?
What Is Mpesa Confirmation Code?
What Is Mpesa Transaction Code?
What Is Operator Id in Till Number?
What Is the Difference Between Aggregated M-pesa Line and Non Aggregated?
What Is the Difference Between Paybill and Till Number?
What Is the Email of Kuccps?
What Is the Kuccps Paybill Number?
What Is the Mpesa Transaction Code?
What Is the Next Letter After Admission?
Which App Can I Use to Send Money to Kenya?
Which App Can Send Money From Nigeria to Kenya?
Which Is the Best Polytechnic in Kenya?
Who Is the Ceo Kuccps?
Who Is the Ceo of Kuccps?
Why Did I Get a Claim Reversal?
Why Is Kuccps Saying Payment Not Found?
Why Is My Mpesa Suspended?
Wrong Kuccps Mpesa Transaction: How to Get Your Money Back
Www.ac.ke Student Portal
Www.helb.co.ke Loan Status
Www.safaricom.co.ke Mpesa
KUCCPS University Entry Points 2023
KUCCPS University Entry Points
KUCCPS College Entry Points 2023
KUCCPS College Entry Points
KUCCPS University Entry Points 2023
How to Check KUCCPS Cut Off Points for 2023
KUCCPS University Entry Points 2024
How to Check KUCCPS Cut Off Points for 2024
How to See the University That a Student Qualifies to Join
See the University That a Student Qualifies to Join
KUCCPS How to See the University That a Student Qualifies to Join
KUCCPS See the University That a Student Qualifies to Join
Kuccps Inter-university Transfer 2023: Portal, Forms Now Open
Kuccps Student Portal
Kuccps Transfers 2023
How Can I Know Where Am Placed by Kuccps
Universities in Kenya
Kuccps Universities in Kenya
How Do I Create a Kuccps Student Account?
How Do I Create a Kuccps Student Account – No Need to Create a Kuccps Account; You Just Log in.
How Do I Create a Kuccps Student Account – It Is Already Created for You; Just Log in.
Kuccps Breaking News
Kupps Replacement
Kuccps Degree Courses
List of Kuccps Diploma Courses
List of Kuccps Degree Courses
List of Kuccps Certificate Courses
Today’s Kuccps News
When Will Kuccps Place Students
Why Have I Not Received a Message From Kuccps to Join Any College Yet Some Got It?
starstarstarstarstar KUCCPS Placements
by: Lucy
How can I know the university that am placed by KUCCPS?
Announcement: Second Revision of Choices for 2023
Are KUCCPS Admission Letters Out?
Can I Apply for KUCCPS Now?
Can One Apply for KUCCPS Now?
Does KUCCPS Pay Fees for Students?
How Do I Know if I Have KUCCPS Placement?
How Do You Apply KUCCPS Placement?
How Do You Revise for KUCCPS 2023?
How Much is KUCCPS Application Fee?
Is KUCCPS Open for 2023 Application?
Is KUCCPS Open for Application
Is KUCCPS Placement Over?
Is KUCCPS Portal Open 2023
Is KUCCPS Portal Open for 2023 Intake
Is KUCCPS Second Revision Open?
KUCCPS 2023 Application Process
KUCCPS 2023 Intake Application Forms and Guidelines
KUCCPS 2023 Intake Deadline Announced
KUCCPS 2023 Intake Deadline Announced – Kenya Education
KUCCPS Admission Letters
KUCCPS Announcement
KUCCPS Announcement – KUCCPS Latest News
KUCCPS Announcement – KUCCPS Latest News – KUCCPS
KUCCPS Application 2023
KUCCPS Application Deadline 2023
KUCCPS Application Procedures 2023 Application
KUCCPS Courses
KUCCPS Intake Deadline 2023
KUCCPS Latest News
KUCCPS News
KUCCPS Online Application Open – 2023
KUCCPS Online Application Open – 2023 – How to Apply
KUCCPS Open for Application
The Portal is Now Open for the 2023
What Comes After KUCCPS Application?
What is the Deadline for KUCCPS Application?
Does KUCCPS Pay School Fees?
How Can I Check My Admission Letter?
How Can I Get My Admission Letter?
How Do I Apply for a Course Online?
How Do I Check My 2023 KUCCPS Placement?
How Do I Check My University Admissions?
How Do I Confirm My University Placed by KUCCPS?
How Do I Download an Rvist Admission Letter?
How Do I Download My KUCCPS Admission Letter?
How Do I Know Which University Course is for Me?
How Do I Register for KUCCPS Online?
How Do I Revise My KUCCPS Course Online?
How Do You Apply for University?
How Do You Apply the KUCCPS 2023 Intake?
How Do You Check KUCCPS Admission?
How to Know the University That You Have Been Placed by KUCCPS
Is KUCCPS Open for 2023?
KUCCPS 2023
KUCCPS 2023 Admission List for All Universities
KUCCPS 2023 Application
KUCCPS 2023 Intake
KUCCPS 2023 University Placement
KUCCPS Admission Letters 2023
KUCCPS Admission Letters 2023 Download
KUCCPS Admission Letters Download 2023
KUCCPS Admission List – Egerton University
KUCCPS Admission List – Eldoret University
KUCCPS Admission List – Jkuat University
KUCCPS Admission List – Kenyatta University
KUCCPS Admission List – Moi University
KUCCPS Admission List – Multimedia University
KUCCPS Admission List – Nairobi University
KUCCPS Admission List 2023
KUCCPS Admission List 2023 – Admission Letters Download
KUCCPS Admission Lists 2023
KUCCPS Disbursement
KUCCPS List of Placed Students 2023
KUCCPS Placement
KUCCPS Student Portal Login
List of KUCCPS Admission List 2023
List of Students Not Placed by KUCCPS
People Also Ask
What Are the Best Free Online Courses?
What Are the Top Online Courses?
What is Full KUCCPS?
What is the Best Site for Free Online Courses?
Www.kuccps.ac.ke Student Portal
Admission Letters for Students Placed by Kuccps for 2024
Co-operative University of Kenya, Cuk Cut Off Points: 2024
Cut Off Points 2024
Cut Off Points for 2024 Kcse
How Do I Check My 2024 Kuccps Placement?
Is Kuccps Portal Open 2024?
Jab Cut Off Points 2024
Jkuat Cut Off Points 2024
Kcse Cut Off Points 2024

Bushiangala Technical Training Institute Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

Bushiangala Technical Training Institute Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

Bushiangala Technical Training Institute is situated in Kakamega South Sub-County in Kakamega County. It is located off Sigalagala –Bukura road approximately 10 Kilometers from Sigalagala and about 18 Kilometers from Kakamega Town.

This Institute was started as a skills upgrading center in 1991 by voluntary service overseas over years under the support of the European Economic Commission. The main objective of the Institute was to upgrade skills for Youth Polytechnic graduates, instructors, and managers.

The Voluntary Service Overseas Group withdrew from the institute in 1993 and it was taken over by the Ministry of Labour which replaced the short-term training courses with Artisan and Craft courses. The then Ministry of Higher Education Science and Technology formally took over the running of Bushiangala Technical Training Institute in 2008.

The institute has acquired a parcel of land measuring 12 hectares and it is in the process of acquiring more land.

It has a modern Administration block; a Tuition block, a laboratory complex, workshops, men’s and ladies’ hostels, and an ultra-modern resource center which is nearing completion.

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION

STATE DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL TRAINING

BUSHIANGALA TECHNICAL TRAINING INSTITUTE

P.O. BOX 2227 50100 KAKAMEGA E- MAIL: bushiangalatechnical@yahoo.com Website: www.bushiangalatechnical.ac.ke

Cell Phone: 0702092440 /0792708482/0721280180

FULL TIME COURSES JANUARY/MAY/SEPTEMBER INTAKE

FULL TIME COURSES QUALIFICATIONS DURATION EXAM BODY
BUILDING DEPARTMENT
Diploma in Civil Engineering (Module) C- [MINUS] and above 9 Terms KNEC
Diploma in Building Technology (Module) C- [MINUS] and above 9 Terms KNEC
Diploma in Water Technology(Module) C- [MINUS] and above 9 Terms KNEC
Craft in Building Technology (Module) D or Artisan Cert 9 Terms KNEC
Craft in Carpentry(TEP) D or Artisan Cert 6 Terms KNEC
Craft in plumbing (TEP) D or Artisan Cert 6 Terms KNEC
Artisan in Masonry (TEP) D- and above 6 Terms KNEC
Artisan in Plumbing (TEP) D- and above 6 Terms KNEC
APPLIED SCIENCE DEPARTMENT
Diploma in Applied Biology(Module) C- and above 9 Terms KNEC
Diploma Analytical Chemistry C- and above 9 Terms KNEC
Certificate in Science Laboratory Technology(Module) D and above 6 Terms KNEC
Certificate in General Agriculture D and Above 6 Terms KNEC
CLOTHING AND TEXTILES
Diploma in Fashion Design & Clothing Tech. (Modular) C- [MINUS] 9 Terms KNEC
Craft in Fashion Design & Garment making (Modular) D or Artisan Cert 6 Terms KNEC
Craft in Food & Beverage D and Above 6 Terms KNEC
Artisan Course in Garment Making (TEP) D- and above 6 Terms KNEC
Artisan In Food & Beverage D- and Above 6 Terms KNEC
Beauty Therapy & Hair Dressing STD 8 OR D- and above 6 Terms KNEC/NITA
MECHANICAL DEPARTMENT
Diploma in Welding & Fabrication (Modular) C- & Craft Cert 9 Terms KNEC
Diploma in Automotive Engineering (Modular) C- & Craft Cert 9 Terms KNEC
Craft in Welding & Fabrication (Modular) D or Artisan Cert 6 Terms KNEC
Craft in Automotive Engineering (Modular) D or Artisan Cert 6 Terms KNEC
Artisan in Motor Vehicle Mechanics (TEP) D- and above 6 Terms KNEC
Artisan in Welding & Fabrication (TEP) D- and above 6 Terms KNEC
BUSINESS DEPARTMENT
Diploma in Supplies Chain Management  (Module I,II,III) C– or Pass in relevant Mod 9 Terms KNEC
Diploma Community Devt & Social Work (Module I,II,III ) C– or Pass in relevant Mod 9 Terms KNEC
Diploma Business Management (Module I,II,III ) C– or Pass in relevant Mod 9 Terms KNEC
Diploma in Human Resource (Module I,II,III) C– or Pass in relevant Mod 9 Terms KNEC
Diploma in Sales & Marketing (Module I,II,III) C– or Pass in relevant Mod 9 Terms KNEC
Diploma in Co-Operative Management (Module I,II,III) C– or Pass in relevant Mod 9 Terms KNEC
Diploma in Entrepreneurship (Module I,II,III) C– or Pass in relevant Mod 9 Terms KNEC
Diploma in Project Management (Module I,II,III) C– or Pass in relevant Mod 9 Terms KNEC
Diploma in Clerical Operations  (Module I,II,III) C– or Pass in relevant Mod 9 Terms KNEC
Accounting Technician Diploma(ATD) C- and above 9 Terms KASNEB
Certified Public Accountant (CPA) C+ and C+ in English & Math 9 Terms KASNEB
Certificate in Business Management (Module I,II) D [PLAIN] and Above 6 Terms KNEC
Certificate in Clerical Operations (Module I,II) D [PLAIN] and Above 6 Terms KNEC
Certificate in Project Management (Module I,II) D [PLAIN] and Above 6 Terms KNEC
Certificate Human Resource (Module I,II) D [PLAIN] and Above 6 Terms KNEC
Certificate Community Dev. & Social Work  (Module I,II) D [PLAIN] and Above 6 Terms KNEC
Craft Supplies Chain Management (Module I,II) D[PLAIN] and Above 6 Terms KNEC
Craft Secretarial Duties (Single & Group) – (Modular) D[PLAIN] and Above 6 Terms KNEC
Craft in Co-Operative Management (Module I,II) D[PLAIN] and Above 6 Terms KNEC

 

Craft in sales and marketing (Module I,II) D[PLAIN] and Above 6 Terms KNEC
Artisan Store Keeping (TEP) D- and above 6 Terms KNEC
COMPUTER & I.C.T DEPARTMENT
Diploma in Computer Science C- and Above 9 Terms KNEC
Diploma in ICT  (Modular) C- and above 9 Terms KNEC
Certificate Information Technology (Modular) D and above 6 Terms KNEC
Adope Photoshop – Photos Form 4 4 months BUSTTI
Corel draw – Design Form 4 4 months BUSTTI
Statistical applications SSPS, STATA Form 4 4 months BUSTTI
Computer Packages (CSK) Form 4 4 months Computer Society of Kenya
Auto CAD , Archicad Form 4 4 months BUSTTI
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Diploma in Electrical & Electronics Eng. (Power)

(Modular)

C- and above 9 Terms KNEC
Craft in Electrical & Electronics Eng. (Modular) D and above 9 Terms KNEC
Artisan in Electrical Installation (TEP) D- and above 6 Terms KNEC

NOTE: Three (3) months Industrial Attachment is Compulsory for ALL courses.

APPLICATION PROCEDURES:

  1. Apply to THE PRINCIPAL, BUSHIANGALA TTI, P.O. BOX 2227-50100, KAKAMEGA, Dully completed application forms should be returned together with copies of KCPE,KCSE slip/Certificate, Leaving Certificate, National ID Card, 4 passport size photos and non-refundable application fee of 500, the Application forms can be obtained from the office.
  • Application can also be made by sending an SMS to any of the Cell Phone Numbers indicating 1. Names Course 3. K.C.S.E/K.C.P. E Mean Grade 4. Postal / Email Address 5. Desired Intake 6. Include your Telephone Number in the SMS 7. ID number.

BUSHIANGALA TECHNICAL SUPPORTS

FKF CARE TAKER COMMITTEE BUDGET

Here is the Football Kenya Federation, FKF, Secretariat Committee budget for officials, players and clubs;

FKF CARETAKERS AND SECRETARIAT COMMITTEE  BUDGET
SECTION 1 -LOCAL ORGANIZING COMMITTEE & SECRETARIAT
Particulars Quantity Unit Cost of Kshs. Total per Month Total for 6 Months Justifacation Notes
COMPESATION OF EMPLOYEES
Honoraria for  all Employees 100,000,000 Compesation for caretaker committee and secretarial staff
Wages for Secretariat Support Staff 25 workers 150,000 3,750,000 22,500,000 The caretaker scope of work is huge and will require additional support staff
ALLOWANCE
Committee Sitting Allowance
Chairman of the Caretaker Committee 15meetings 15,000 225,000 1,350,000 The rates applied are as recommended by SRC
Vice Chair of the Caretaker Committee 15meetings 12,000 180,000 1,080,000
Members of the Caretaker Committee 15meetings 10,000 100,000 9,000,000
Allowance for Caretaker Committee Support Staff 25Paxx15meetings 4,000 1,500,000 9,000,000
Airtime Allowance
Airtime for chairman 30,000 180,000
Airtime for vicechair 25,000 150,000
Airtime for Caretaker Support Staff 25pax 10,000 250,000 1,500,000
Millage allowance 20,000,000 In accorance with AA rates
Allowances for the Secretariat
Sitting Allowance for Secretariat 40pax15meeting 4,000 2,400,000 14,400,000 The rates applied are as recommended by SRC
Head  of Secretariate 15 meetings 15,000 225,000 1,350,000
Members of the Secretariat Committee 40pax  x15 meetings 10,000 6,000,000 36,000,000
Secretariat support staff 30pax x15days 4,000 1,800,000 10,800,000
Secretariat airtime 40 pax 10,000 400,000 2,400,000
Secretariat Support staff airtime 30pax 10,000 300,000 1,800,000
Millage   allowance 30,000,000 Applicable rate from SRC
Office Rent 6months 2,000,000 12,000,000 The available space to be usesd at nyayo staduim need to paid.
Office Funiture and Equipment 6 months
Executive Tables 2 150,000 300,000 Procurement will be made unless otherwise approval is given to take over funiture from World under 20
Executive Chair 2 150,000 300,000
No Executive chairs 30 50,000 1,500,000
Four ways workstations 10 250,000 2,500,000
Fireproof Cabinets 4 240,000 960,000
Steel cabinets 10 50,000 500,000
Paper shredder 3 80,000 240,000
Microwave 3 40,000 120,000
Fridge 3 60,000 180,000
Water dispenser 5 30,000 150,000
INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY
Domain Name And Hosting Services Transfer 500,000
Secure Secure Socket Layer (SSL) certificate for maximum security 700,000
Backup and website reinstall services 800,500
Special support services 2,000,000

KMTC Nyamira Campus: Courses, Fees, Location, Contacts and Programs plus Requirements

KMTC Nyamira Campus

Background Information

The Kenya Medical Training College (KMTC) Nyamira Campus is located in Nyamira County adjacent to Nyamira Level 5 Referral Hospital, five kilometers off Kisii, Kericho Highway along Nyamira- Miruka road. The Campus, which sits on a five-acre piece of land, started in March 2012 to address the community’s high morbidity and mortality due to the influx of highland malaria and reproductive health related conditions.

Programmes and Courses currently offered

  • Diploma in Community Health Nursing
  • Diploma in Clinical Medicine and Surgery

KENYA MEDICAL TRAINING COLLEGE – NYAMIRA CAMPUS

PROGRAMMES ON OFFER

# PROGRAMME CODE PROGRAMME NAME INSTITUTION TYPE YEAR 1 – PROGRAMME COST 2022 CUTOFF 2021 CUTOFF 2020 CUTOFF
1 5025K04 DIPLOMA IN KENYA REGISTERED COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING KSH 82,200

Proposed Programmes

  • Diploma in Pharmacy
  • Diploma in Medical Imaging Sciences (MIS)

Facilities

  • A one-storey tuition block with six lecture halls and ablution block
  • A fully-stocked library
  • Well-equipped skills lab
  • Modern class lecture halls
  • Office block for management, staff and student clinic
  • Administration block
  • Hostel block
  • Kitchen block
  • Computer lab
  • Recreation hall
  • Play fields; volleyball, basketball
  • Fifty-one-seater Campus bus

Student population

The Campus has a student population of 506.

Clinical experience sites

  • Nyamira Level 5 Hospital
  • Mathare Mental Health Hospital.
  • Kericho Level 4 Hospital

Other hospitals include:

  • Masimba, Hospital
  • Gesusu Hospital
  • Riana Hospital
  • Keroka Hospital
  • Nduru Hospital
  • Gucha Hospital
  • Gesima Hospital
  • Nandi Hills Hospital,
  • Vihiga,Level 5 Hospital
  • Ekerenyo Hospital
  • Hospital

Clubs, Societies and Sports

  • YMCA,
  • Seventh Day Adventist (SDA)
  • Christian Union (CU)
  • Muslim Union (MU)

Campus Contact Information

The Principal,

KMTC Nyamira Campus

P.O BOX 574-40500

Nyamira

Tel:  0734 596693/0719 115521

Email: nyamira@kmtc.ac.ke

Bachelor of Arts Kuccps Cutoff Points, Clusters, Requirements 2023/2024

Bachelor of Arts Kuccps Cutoff Points, Clusters, Requirements 2023/2024

BACHELOR OF ARTS
# PROG CODE INSTITUTION NAME PROGRAMME NAME 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2023-2024
1 1057101 EGERTON UNIVERSITY BACHELOR OF ARTS 25.256 25.339 24.851 26.54 28.227 22.926 26.783
2 1105101 CHUKA UNIVERSITY BACHELOR OF ARTS 24.952 24.402 25.798 26.729 28.419 25.974 28.566
3 1111101 KENYATTA UNIVERSITY BACHELOR OF ARTS 24.382 24.435 25.612 26.988 28.196 25.034 28.578
4 1117101 PWANI UNIVERSITY BACHELOR OF ARTS
5 1170101 MACHAKOS UNIVERSITY BACHELOR OF ARTS 24.786 24.307 24.642 26.36 22.926 25.34
6 1229101 MASENO UNIVERSITY BACHELOR OF ARTS (WITH IT) 24.545 24.898 24.209 24.048 26.996 22.926 26.259
7 1253101 MOI UNIVERSITY BACHELOR OF ARTS 25.734 24.76 23.32 24.163 26.902 22.926 26.127
8 1263101 UNIVERSITY OF NAIROBI BACHELOR OF ARTS 25.344 24.66 23.795 24.075 27.036 24.382 26.506
9 1087101 KISII UNIVERSITY BACHELOR OF ARTS 26.569 23.93 24.763 27.318 22.926 26.315
10 1166101 SOUTH EASTERN KENYA UNIVERSITY BACHELOR OF ARTS 25.365 24.54 24.886 26.152 22.926 24.46
11 1515101 TOM MBOYA UNIVERSITY BACHELOR OF ARTS (WITH IT) 28.293 23.407 25.498 25.033 22.926 22.916
12 1685101 THARAKA UNIVERSITY BACHELOR OF ARTS 24.562 24.746 25.095 22.926 22.916
13 1700101 BOMET UNIVERSITY COLLEGE BACHELOR OF ARTS 25.563 25.022 25.882 22.926 22.916
14 1164101 MULTIMEDIA UNIVERSITY OF KENYA BACHELOR OF ARTS (PSYCHOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY & POLITICAL SCIENCE) 24.456 26.207
15 1073101 RONGO UNIVERSITY BACHELOR OF ARTS 27.808
16 3890101 KOITALEEL SAMOEI UNIVERSITY COLLEGE BACHELOR OF ARTS 22.916

Grade 8 CBC Exams, Free For Term 1 to 3

Get Grade 8 CBC Exams, Free For Term 1 to 3

G8-AGN (1)

G8-AGN (2)

G8-AGN

G8-AGN-1

G8-AGRICULTURE

G8-AGRICULTURE-2

G8-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-1

G8-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-MARKING-SCHEME

G8-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-MS (1)

G8-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-MS (2)

G8-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-MS

G8-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-MS-1

G8-AGRICULTURE-NUT

G8-AGRI-MS (1)

G8-AGRI-MS

G8-AGRI-QS (1)

G8-AGRI-QS

G8-CAS

G8-CAS-1 (1)

G8-CAS-1

G8-CAS-1-1

G8-CAS-2

G8-CAS-MS (1)

G8-CAS-MS

G8-CAS-QS (1)

G8-CAS-QS

G8-COMPOSITION

G8-COMPOSITION-1 (1)

G8-COMPOSITION-1 (2)

G8-COMPOSITIONN

G8-CREATIVE

G8-CREATIVE-AND-SPORTS-MARKING-SCHEME

G8-CREATIVEAND-SPORTS-MS (1)

G8-CREATIVEAND-SPORTS-MS

G8-CREATIVEAND-SPORTS-MS-1

G8-CRE-MS

G8-CRE-NOTES-1

G8-CRE-QS

G8-ENGLISH (1)

G8-ENGLISH

G8-ENGLISH-1

G8-ENGLISH-MARKING-SCHEME

G8-ENGLISH-MS (1)

G8-ENGLISH-MS

G8-ENGLISH-MS-1

G8-ENG-MS

G8-INSHA

G8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE

G8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-2

G8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-MARKING-SCHEME

G8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-MS (1)

G8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-MS

G8-INTE-MS

G8-INTE-QS

G8-KISWAHILI

G8-KISWAHILI-MS

G8-KISW-MKS

G8-KISW-QTNS

G8-MATHEMATICS

G8-MATHEMATICS-MARKING-SCHEME

G8-MATHEMATICS-NOTES

G8-MATH-QTNS

G8-MATHS-MS

G8-PRETECHNICAL

G8-PRETECHNICAL-MS

G8-PRET-MKS

G8-PRET-QTNS

G8-RELIGIOUS

G8-RELIGIOUS-MARKING-SCHEME

G8-RELIGIOUS-MS

G8-SOCIAL

G8-SOCIAL-STUDIES

G8-SOCIAL-STUDIES-AND-CRE-ANSWER-BOOKLET

G8-SOCIAL-STUDIES-MARKING-SCHEME

G8-SOCIAL-STUDIES-MARKING-SCHEME-1

G8-SOCIAL-STUDIES-MS

G8-SST-MKS

G8-SST-QTNS

GRADE-8-CRE-NOTES-TERM-1

GRADE-8-CRE-NOTES-TERM-2

GRADE-8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-NOTES

GRADE-8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-NOTES-TERM-2

GRADE-8-IRE-NOTES

GRADE-8-PRE-TECHNICAL-NOTES

GRADE-8-RATIONALIZED-AGRIC-NUTRITION-NOTES-TERM-1

GRADE-8-RATIONALIZED-AGRIC-NUTRITION-NOTES-TERM-1-1

grade-8-rationalized-agriculture-and-nutrition-lesson-notes

grade-8-rationalized-c-r-e-notes-term-2

grade-8-rationalized-integrated-science-lesson-notes-term-2

grade-8-rationalized-pre-technical-studies-lesson-notes-complete

GRADE-8-TERM-2-PRETECHNICAL-NOTES

grade-8-term-2-rationalized-french-notes

grade-8-term-2-rationalized-french-notes-1

grade-8-term-2-rationalized-french-notes-2

Latest Grade 8 Exams Free Downloads

Grade 8 Rationalized Work of Records Covered

Grade 8 Latest Rationalized Notes

Grade 8 Latest Exam Papers with Answers {Best Collection}

Grade 8 Rationalized Schemes of Work

Grade 8 Rationalized Term 2 Schemes of Work

Grade 8 Schemes of Work

Grade 8 Free CBC Exams

Grade 8 Free Lesson Plans For All Subjects

Grade 8 schemes of work Free download pdf {Term 1, 2 & 3 Free)

Grade 8 Rationalized Notes

Grade 8 Rationalized Term 2 CBC Schemes of Work

Grade 8 CBC Exams and Marking Schemes (Junior Secondary Free Exams)

Grade 8 Free CBC exams Plus Marking schemes

Grade 8 CBC Curriculum Designs released by KICD

Grade 8 CBC free Schemes of works

Grade 8 Latest Term 1 CBC Schemes of Work

Grade 8 Free Resources: Assessment Exams, Notes & Schemes of Work Pdf

Free Grade 8 CBC Notes and Schemes of Work

CBC Grade 8 Free Exam Papers & Answers

Grade 8 Free Termly Assessment Exams

CBC Grade 8 Exams, Notes, Schemes & Assessment Materials

Grade 8 JSS Free Exams for all subjects

Grade 8 Free Exams- Download free CBC Exams

Grade 8 Past KNEC Exam Papers & Answers

Grade 8 Free CBC Exam Papers & Answers

Free Grade 8 CBC Notes Download – Comprehensive Study Materials

Latest Grade 8 Exams Free Downloads

CBC Grade 8 Exam Papers & Answers

Grade 8 CBC Schemes of Work – Free Download

 

Mombasa County Ranking of all Schools in KCSE; Best, Top Schools

MOMBASA COUNTY RANKING OF ALL SCHOOLS IN KCSE EXAMS; BEST, TOP SCHOOLS

MOMBASA COUNTY 2025 KCSE RANKING OF SCHOOLS

Check here once the KCSE 2025 results are announced: Knec Results Portal and Schools’ Ranking.

MOMBASA COUNTY 2024 KCSE RANKING OF SCHOOLS.

Here is the ranking of all schools in the County at the KCSE 2024 Exams (See school Name and KCSE Mean):

Sheikh Khalifa Bin Zayed          9.13

Light Academy Mombasa          9

Qubaa Muslim Secondary          8.51

Mama Ngina Girls                      7.84

Istiqama Academy malindi                7.5

Shimo La Tewa                           7.433

Abuhureira Academy Mombasa     7.1

AghaKhan Secondary                 

Memon Secondary                       

MOMBASA COUNTY 2023 KCSE RANKING OF SCHOOLS.

Here is the ranking of all schools in the County at the KCSE 2023 Exams (See school Name and KCSE Mean):

Sheikh Khalifa Bin Zayed         

Light Academy Mombasa          10.2

Qubaa Muslim Secondary         

Mama Ngina Girls                     

Istiqama Academy malindi

Shimo La Tewa                          

Abuhureira Academy Mombasa

AghaKhan Secondary               

Memon Secondary                     

MOMBASA COUNTY 2022 KCSE RANKING OF SCHOOLS.

Here is the ranking of all schools in the County at the KCSE 2022 Exams (See school Name and KCSE Mean):

Sheikh Khalifa Bin Zayed          9

Light Academy Mombasa          9.9

Qubaa Muslim Secondary          8.76

Mama Ngina Girls                      7.297

Istiqama Academy malindi                 

Shimo La Tewa                           6.739

Abuhureira Academy Mombasa      

AghaKhan Secondary                5.545

Memon Secondary                      7.712

MOMBASA COUNTY LIST OF ALL SENIOR SCHOOLS

  1. TUDOR DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL
  2. TONONOKA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  3. THE SALVATION ARMY LIKONI HIGH FOR THE VISUALLY IM
  4. STAR OF THE SEA HIGH SCHOOL
  5. CHARLES LWANGA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  6. SHIMO-LA-TEWA SCHOOL
  7. SHIKAADABU SECONDARY SCHOOL
  8. SHARIFF NASSIR GIRLS
  9. SERANI SECONDARY SCHOOL
  10. SACRED HEART HIGH SCHOOL, MOMBASA
  11. PUMA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  12. MWIJABU SECONDARY SCHOOL
  13. MWEZA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  14. MWAKIRUNGE SECONDARY SCHOOL
  15. MWAHIMA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  16. MVITA BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  17. MTOPANGA MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL
  18. MTONGWE GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  19. MRIMA MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL
  20. MOI FORCES ACADEMY-MOMBASA
  21. MIYAZ INTEGRATED ACADEMY
  22. MIRITINI SECONDARY SCHOOL
  23. MIRITINI COMPLEX HIGH SCHOOL
  24. MIKINDANI ROYAL COMPREHENSIVE SCHOOL
  25. METHODIST GARDENS HIGH SCHOOL
  26. MBARAKI GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  27. MAWENI MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL
  28. MARIMANI MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL
  29. MAMA NGINA GIRLS
  30. MAKUPA BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  31. MAKANDE GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  32. S.S FOR THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED
  33. LIKONI SECONDARY SCHOOL
  34. LIKONI MIXED HIGH SCHOOL
  35. KHAMIS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  36. KAJEMBE HIGH SCHOOL
  37. JOMVU GIRLS HIGH SCHOOL
  38. HASSAN JOHO GIRLS’ SECONDARY SCHOOL
  39. FRERETOWN SECONDARY SCHOOL
  40. CONCORDIA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  41. COAST GIRLS HIGH SCHOOL
  42. CHANGAMWE SECONDARY SCHOOL
  43. CHAANI SECONDARY SCHOOL
  44. BUBUBU BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  45. BOMU SECONDARY SCHOOL
  46. ALLIDINA VISRAM HIGH SCHOOL
  47. ALFARSY GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL

MOMBASA COUNTY LIST OF ALL SUBCOUNTY SCHOOLS.

  1. TUDOR DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL
  2. TONONOKA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  3. STAR OF THE SEA HIGH SCHOOL
  4. CHARLES LWANGA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  5. SHIKAADABU SECONDARY SCHOOL
  6. SHARIFF NASSIR GIRLS
  7. SERANI SECONDARY SCHOOL
  8. SACRED HEART HIGH SCHOOL, MOMBASA
  9. PUMA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  10. MWIJABU SECONDARY SCHOOL
  11. MWEZA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  12. MWAKIRUNGE SECONDARY SCHOOL
  13. MWAHIMA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  14. MVITA BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  15. MTOPANGA MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL
  16. MTONGWE GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  17. MRIMA MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL
  18. MIYAZ INTEGRATED ACADEMY
  19. MIRITINI SECONDARY SCHOOL
  20. MIRITINI COMPLEX HIGH SCHOOL
  21. MIKINDANI ROYAL COMPREHENSIVE SCHOOL
  22. METHODIST GARDENS HIGH SCHOOL
  23. MBARAKI GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  24. MAWENI MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL
  25. MARIMANI MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL
  26. MAKUPA BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  27. MAKANDE GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  28. LIKONI SECONDARY SCHOOL
  29. LIKONI MIXED HIGH SCHOOL
  30. KHAMIS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  31. KAJEMBE HIGH SCHOOL
  32. HASSAN JOHO GIRLS’ SECONDARY SCHOOL
  33. FRERETOWN SECONDARY SCHOOL
  34. CONCORDIA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  35. COAST GIRLS HIGH SCHOOL
  36. CHAANI SECONDARY SCHOOL
  37. BOMU SECONDARY SCHOOL
  38. ALLIDINA VISRAM HIGH SCHOOL
  39. ALFARSY GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL

MOMBASA COUNTY LIST OF ALL COUNTY SCHOOLS.

  1. MOI FORCES ACADEMY-MOMBASA
  2. JOMVU GIRLS HIGH SCHOOL
  3. CHANGAMWE SECONDARY SCHOOL
  4. BUBUBU BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL

MOMBASA COUNTY LIST OF ALL EXTRA-COUNTY SCHOOLS.

 

MOMBASA COUNTY LIST OF ALL NATIONAL SCHOOLS

  1. THE SALVATION ARMY LIKONI HIGH FOR THE VISUALLY IM
  2. SHIMO-LA-TEWA SCHOOL
  3. MAMA NGINA GIRLS
  4. S.S FOR THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED

MOMBASA COUNTY LIST OF ALL BOYS’ SCHOOLS

  1. TUDOR DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL
  2. TONONOKA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  3. SHIMO-LA-TEWA SCHOOL
  4. SERANI SECONDARY SCHOOL
  5. MVITA BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  6. MAKUPA BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  7. S.S FOR THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED
  8. LIKONI SECONDARY SCHOOL
  9. KHAMIS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  10. BUBUBU BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  11. ALLIDINA VISRAM HIGH SCHOOL

MOMBASA COUNTY LIST OF ALL GIRLS’ SCHOOLS

  1. STAR OF THE SEA HIGH SCHOOL
  2. SHARIFF NASSIR GIRLS
  3. MTONGWE GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  4. MBARAKI GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  5. MAMA NGINA GIRLS
  6. MAKANDE GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL
  7. JOMVU GIRLS HIGH SCHOOL
  8. HASSAN JOHO GIRLS’ SECONDARY SCHOOL
  9. COAST GIRLS HIGH SCHOOL
  10. CHANGAMWE SECONDARY SCHOOL
  11. ALFARSY GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL

MOMBASA COUNTY LIST OF ALL MIXED SCHOOLS

  1. THE SALVATION ARMY LIKONI HIGH FOR THE VISUALLY IM
  2. CHARLES LWANGA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  3. SHIKAADABU SECONDARY SCHOOL
  4. SACRED HEART HIGH SCHOOL, MOMBASA
  5. PUMA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  6. MWIJABU SECONDARY SCHOOL
  7. MWEZA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  8. MWAKIRUNGE SECONDARY SCHOOL
  9. MWAHIMA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  10. MTOPANGA MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL
  11. MRIMA MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL
  12. MOI FORCES ACADEMY-MOMBASA
  13. MIYAZ INTEGRATED ACADEMY
  14. MIRITINI SECONDARY SCHOOL
  15. MIRITINI COMPLEX HIGH SCHOOL
  16. MIKINDANI ROYAL COMPREHENSIVE SCHOOL
  17. METHODIST GARDENS HIGH SCHOOL
  18. MAWENI MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL
  19. MARIMANI MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL
  20. LIKONI MIXED HIGH SCHOOL
  21. KAJEMBE HIGH SCHOOL
  22. FRERETOWN SECONDARY SCHOOL
  23. CONCORDIA SECONDARY SCHOOL
  24. CHAANI SECONDARY SCHOOL
  25. BOMU SECONDARY SCHOOL

MOMBASA  COUNTY LIST OF ALL SECONDARY SCHOOLS

  1. TUDOR DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  2. TONONOKA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  3. THE SALVATION ARMY LIKONI HIGH FOR THE VISUALLY IM National
  4. STAR OF THE SEA HIGH SCHOOL Sub County
  5. CHARLES LWANGA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  6. SHIMO-LA-TEWA SCHOOL National
  7. SHIKAADABU SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  8. SHARIFF NASSIR GIRLS Sub County
  9. SERANI SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  10. SACRED HEART HIGH SCHOOL, MOMBASA Sub County
  11. PUMA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  12. MWIJABU SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  13. MWEZA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  14. MWAKIRUNGE SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  15. MWAHIMA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  16. MVITA BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  17. MTOPANGA MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  18. MTONGWE GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  19. MRIMA MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  20. MOI FORCES ACADEMY-MOMBASA County
  21. MIYAZ INTEGRATED ACADEMY Sub County
  22. MIRITINI SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  23. MIRITINI COMPLEX HIGH SCHOOL Sub County
  24. MIKINDANI ROYAL COMPREHENSIVE SCHOOL Sub County
  25. METHODIST GARDENS HIGH SCHOOL Sub County
  26. MBARAKI GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  27. MAWENI MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  28. MARIMANI MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  29. MAMA NGINA GIRLS National
  30. MAKUPA BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  31. MAKANDE GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  32. S.S FOR THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED National
  33. LIKONI SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  34. LIKONI MIXED HIGH SCHOOL Sub County
  35. KHAMIS SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  36. KAJEMBE HIGH SCHOOL Sub County
  37. JOMVU GIRLS HIGH SCHOOL County
  38. HASSAN JOHO GIRLS’ SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  39. FRERETOWN SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  40. CONCORDIA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  41. COAST GIRLS HIGH SCHOOL Sub County
  42. CHANGAMWE SECONDARY SCHOOL County
  43. CHAANI SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  44. BUBUBU BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL County
  45. BOMU SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County
  46. ALLIDINA VISRAM HIGH SCHOOL Sub County
  47. ALFARSY GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County

Top 100 best extra County schools in Kenya

best extra county girls’ schools in kenya

best extra county boys’ schools in kenya

KCSE results 2025 Top 100 schools in Kenya

Top 100 Best Extra County Schools in Kenya Pdf

Top 100 Best High Schools in Kenya

Top 20 best High schools in Kenya

Top 10 best high schools in Kenya

Top 100 best extra County schools in Kenya

best extra county girls’ schools in kenya

best extra county boys’ schools in kenya

Top 100 Best Extra County Schools in Kenya Pdf

Top 100 Best High Schools in Kenya

KCSE results 2025 Top 100 schools in Kenya 

Top 20 best High schools in Kenya

Top 10 best high schools in Kenya

KCSE top student

Top 100 schools KCSE 2025

KCSE results 2024 top 100 schools

Top 100 schools KCSE 2024 2025

Top 200 schools KCSE 2024 results

Top schools in KCSE 2024

Top ten schools in KCSE 2024

KSCE

best boys schools kisii

best boys schools nyamira

Top 100 best extra County schools in Kenya

PRECIOUS BOYS High School Kiambu

best extra county girls’ schools in kenya

Top 100 private Secondary schools in Kenya

best girls schools kisii

best girls schools nyamira

best mixed schools kisii

best mixed schools nyamira

What are the 10 best schools?

Which is the richest secondary school in Kenya?

Which are the best schools in Kenya?

Which county in Kenya has the highest number of schools?

Top 100 best extra County schools in Kenya

best extra county girls’ schools in kenya

Best County schools in Kiambu

best extra county boys’ schools in kenya

Top 100 Best Extra County Schools in Kenya Pdf

Top 100 Best High Schools in Kenya

Top 20 best High schools in Kenya

Top 10 best high schools in Kenya

Top 100 best extra County schools in Kenya

best extra county boys’ schools in kenya

best extra county girls’ schools in kenya

Best extra County Girls schools in Nyeri

Best Girls schools in Kenya

List of Extra County Schools in Embu

Nginda Girls High School mean score

Kyeni Girls High School fees structure

S.A Thika high school for the blind CBE Subjects, Pathways, Contacts, Location {Full Details}

S.A Thika high school for the blind is a public Mixed National Borading School that is located at Thika West Subcounty in Kiambu County of Central Region, Kenya. The School’s Official Phone Number Contact is: 0723705899/ (+12) 34-567-890

Key Details about the school.

Country where found: Kenya.

Region: Central.

County: Kiambu.

Subcounty: Thika East.

School Type/ Ownership: A Public School.

Nature os School/ CBE Level: Senior School (SS).

Category: SNE School

School’s Official Name: S.A Thika high school for the blind

Sex: Mixed School.

School Cluster/ Level: National School whose Classification is C1.

Accomodation Type: Boarding School.

Knec Code: 11207106

School’s Official Phone Number: 0723705899/ (+12) 34-567-890

School email; sahblind2005@yahoo.com.

Subject Combinations Offered at S.A Thika high school for the blind

View all available subject combinations at this school

SOCIAL SCIENCES

5
LANGUAGES & LITERATURECode: SS1040
Computer Studies,Fasihi ya Kiswahili,Indigenous Language
3 SubjectsSOCIAL SCIENCES
HUMANITIES & BUSINESS STUDIESCode: SS2061
Business Studies,Geography,Literature in English
3 SubjectsSOCIAL SCIENCES
LANGUAGES & LITERATURECode: SS1002
Fasihi ya Kiswahili,Indigenous Language,Literature in English
3 SubjectsSOCIAL SCIENCES
HUMANITIES & BUSINESS STUDIESCode: SS2083
History & Citizenship,Islamic Religious Education,Literature in English
3 SubjectsSOCIAL SCIENCES
HUMANITIES & BUSINESS STUDIESCode: SS2075
Christian Religious Education,French,History & Citizenship
3 SubjectsSOCIAL SCIENCES

ARTS & SPORTS SCIENCE

4
SPORTSCode: AS2011
Biology,History & Citizenship,Sports & Recreation
3 SubjectsARTS & SPORTS SCIENCE
ARTSCode: AS1043
Fasihi ya Kiswahili,Music & Dance,Theatre & Film
3 SubjectsARTS & SPORTS SCIENCE
ARTSCode: AS1044
French,Music & Dance,Theatre & Film
3 SubjectsARTS & SPORTS SCIENCE
SPORTSCode: AS2015
Biology,Media Technology,Sports & Recreation
3 SubjectsARTS & SPORTS SCIENCE

STEM

4
TECHNICAL STUDIESCode: ST3074
Computer Studies,General Science,Media Technology
3 SubjectsSTEM
APPLIED SCIENCESCode: ST2075
Agriculture,Geography,Physics
3 SubjectsSTEM
TECHNICAL STUDIESCode: ST3034
Business Studies,Home Science,Wood Work
3 SubjectsSTEM
PURE SCIENCESCode: ST1004
Advanced Mathematics,Biology,Chemistry
3 SubjectsSTEM

How to Select Grade 10 Subjects and schools

To select Grade 10 schools and subjects under the Competency-Based Curriculum (CBC) in Kenya, Grade 9 learners should first choose a career pathway (STEM, Social Sciences, or Arts & Sports Science). Then, they’ll select three subject combinations within that pathway and finally, choose four schools for each combination, totaling 12 schools. To select preferred Grade 10 Schools and Subject Combinations, use the Ministry of Education portal selection.education.go.ke.
  1. 1. How you can Choose a Career Pathway:

    • Identify your interests and potential career aspirations.
    • Select one of the three pathways: STEM, Social Sciences, or Arts & Sports Science.
    • Confirm your choice to proceed with the pathway.
  2. 2. Select Subject Combinations:

    • The portal will provide you with a list of subject combinations available within your chosen pathway.
    • Choose three subject combinations that align with your interests and strengths.
  3. 3. Select Preferred Senior Schools:

    • For each subject combination, select four schools from the available clusters.
    • This ensures a diverse range of options and equal representation from different categories of schools.
    • A total of 12 schools will be selected: 4 for the first subject combination, 4 for the second, and 4 for the third.

    LIST OF ALL SENIOR SCHOOLS PER COUNTY.

    West Pokot County Senior Schools.

    Wajir County Senior Schools

    Vihiga County Senior Schools

    Uasin Gishu County Senior Schools

    Turkana County Senior Schools

    Trans-Nzoia County Senior Schools

    Tharaka Nithi County Senior Schools

    Tana River County Senior Schools

    Taita Taveta County Senior Schools

    Siaya County Senior Schools

    Samburu County Senior Schools

    Nyeri County Senior Schools

    Nyandarua County Senior Schools

    Nyamira County Senior Schools

    Narok County Senior Schools

    Nandi County Senior Schools

    Nakuru County Senior Schools

    Nairobi County Senior Schools

    Murang’a County Senior Schools

    Mombasa County Senior Schools

    Migori County Senior Schools

    Meru County Senior Schools

    Marsabit County Senior Schools

    LMandera County Senior Schools

    Makueni County Senior Schools

    Machakos County Senior Schools

    Lamu County Senior Schools

    Laikipia County Senior Schools

    Kwale County Senior Schools

    Kitui County Senior Schools

    Kisumu County Senior Schools

    Kisii County Senior Schools

    Kirinyaga County Senior Schools

    Kilifi County Senior Schools

    Kiambu County Senior Schools

    Kericho County Senior Schools

    Kakamega County Senior Schools

    Kajiado County Senior Schools

    Isiolo County Senior Schools

    Homa Bay County Senior Schools

    Garissa County Senior Schools

    Embu County Senior Schools

    Elgeyo-Marakwet County Senior Schools

    Busia County Senior Schools

    Bungoma County  Senior Schools

    Baringo County Senior Schools

    List of all Senior Schools in Bomet County

    Nyamira County best, top secondary schools; Indepth analysis

Narok County Best National, Extra-County Secondary Schools For 2024 form One Selection, Admissions

Narok County prides itself with some of the best and top performing National, Extra County and County Secondary schools in Kenya. In this guide, we have Selected and ranked these schools based on performance at KCSE examinations and school facilities.

In this post, we have collected for you a list of all the schools in the County. This site also provides complete information on all individual schools here. Get specific and individual schools’ KCSE Results Analysis, Contacts, Location, Admissions, History, Fees, Portal Login, Website and KNEC Code details here: Schools’ Portal.

This is the latest updated list of all the best, top National, Extra County and County schools in the County at the KCSE Exams:

2022 KCSE PERFORMANCE OF THE SCHOOLS

Position Nationally Name of School Region County Mean Score Mean Grade Type
213 OLKIRIANE SECONDARY SCHOOL Rift Valley NAROK 7.768 B-{minus) Mixed
230 Bishop Colin Davies Senior Rift Valley Narok 7.6 B-{minus) Mixed
381 NKARETA SECONDARY Rift Valley NAROK 6.2889 C (plain) Mixed

2021 KCSE PERFORMANCE OF THE SCHOOLS

 

The schools have the best facilities and perform very well at the KCSE examinations.

Consider joining these schools to get the best services, education and performance at the KCSE examinations.

Get a list of all the schools in the County below:

32500015 OLE TIPIS GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL National Girls
32500016 KILGORIS BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL National Boys
32516101 NAROK HIGH SCHOOL Extra County Boys
32516102 MAASAI GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL Extra County Girls
32516103 ST. MARY’S GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL-NAROK Extra County Girls
32516107 NKARETA SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32516108 MASIKONDE SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32516111 SENCHURA SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32516112 ENTONTOL SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32516113 KIMELOK SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32516201 SAKUTIEK SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32516202 OLCHORRO SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32516301 OLOKURTO SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32516302 OLORROPIL SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32516303 OLPUSIMORU SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32516304 KISIRIRI SECONARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32516305 NTIMAMA DAY MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32516306 OLOKIRIKIRAI SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32516307 ENABELIBEL SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32516309 OLMARIKO SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519102 SOSIO SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32519103 KILGORIS GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL Extra County Girls
32519104 POROKO FRIENDS SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32519105 OSONKOROI SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519106 MUTENKUAR DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519107 ENDOINYO – ONKOPIT SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519108 OLTANKI SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519109 SANKALE SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519110 JEESUN RYU ADVENTIST MISSION SCHOOL- OSINONI Sub County Mixed
32519111 OLALUI SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519201 ENOOSAEN BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL County Boys
32519202 NKARARO SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519203 ENOOSAEN GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL County Girls
32519204 SHANKOE SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32519205 OLEREKO SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519206 SIKAWA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519207 MASURURA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519301 SHARTUKA SECONDARY SCHOOL County Boys
32519302 OLMELIL SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32519303 PIRRAR GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL (KILGORIS) County Girls
32519304 ROMOSHA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519305 SHARTUKA A.I.C GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL County Girls
32519306 KAPUNE SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519401 EMARTI SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32519501 ONGATA BARRIKOI SECONDARY SCHOOL County Boys
32519502 SIRIA HIGH SCHOOL County Boys
32519503 OLDONYO-OROK SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519504 SIRIA GIRLS’ SECONDARY SCHOOL County Girls
32519505 OLORUKOTI SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519506 MASHANGWA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519507 KONDAMET SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32519508 ONGATA BARRIKOI GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL County Girls
32546101 SAGAMIAN SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546102 SAIRE SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546103 CHORONOK MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546201 SOGOO HIGH SCHOOL County Mixed
32546202 OUR LADY OF ANGELS MARINWA GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Girls
32546203 NKARONI SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32546204 SIWOT SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546205 TENGECHA ESOIT SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546206 KAPKATET MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546207 MARINWA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546208 TUMOIYOT MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546209 NAISUDORI MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546301 MELELO SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32546302 OLPUKOTI SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32546303 OLMEKENYU HIGH SCHOOL County Mixed
32546304 OLE NKAPUNE MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546305 ENOOSOGON MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546306 OLE MUNA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546401 OLOLULUNG’A SECONDARY SCHOOL Extra County Boys
32546402 ONGATA OLOIREN MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546403 OLOLOIPANG’I SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546404 OLKIRIANE SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32546405 OLTARAKWAI SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546406 ENAKISHOMI MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546407 ENKARE NAIROWUA GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL County Girls
32546408 OLASHAPANI GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Girls
32546409 KOTOLIAN SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32546501 NAROOSURA MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32546601 LOITA MIXED SEC SCHOOL County Mixed
32560101 KAPWERIA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560103 NDAMAMA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560104 ABOSI SECONDARY SCHOOL County Girls
32560105 SIMOTWET SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560106 KAMERMERU SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560107 MABWAITA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560108 TAKITECH HIGH SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560109 KISIARA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560110 KELONGET HIGH SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560111 KURESIET SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560201 EMURUA DIKIRR SECONDARY SCHOOL Extra County Boys
32560202 MURKAN SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560203 KILETIEN SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560204 KABOLECHO SECONDARY SCHOOL County Girls
32560205 MOKONDO HIGH SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560206 OLPOPONGI SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560207 CHEPKOIYET SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560208 CHESMA HIGH SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560209 ILKERIN SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560210 KAPSASIAN SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560211 KURONGURIK MIXED DAY&BOARDING SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560212 CHEBITOIK MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560213 ILKERIN GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Girls
32560214 SOSIANA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560215 CHEBULU SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560216 LELAGOIN SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560217 LELECHONIK SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560218 KOISAGAT HIGH SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560219 KIBISORWET SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560220 CHERAMGOI SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560221 CHANGINA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560222 CHILANI SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32560223 CHEPKISA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581101 MAASAI MARA SECONDARY SCHOOL County Boys
32581103 NKORKORRI BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL County Boys
32581104 LEMEK NAMUNYAK GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL County Girls
32581105 OLKINYEI SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581201 MOGOIYUET SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32581202 ILMOTIOOK SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32581203 NGIITO SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32581204 OLOOMIRANI BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL Extra County Boys
32581205 SALABWEK SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32581206 ENELERAI HIGH SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581207 KUTO SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581208 OLCHORRO OIROIWUA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581209 BISHOP COLIN DAVIES SENIOR SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581211 RONGENA MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581212 AGANGA MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581213 OLOOMIRANI GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL County Girls
32581215 LALUK MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581216 OLEREUT SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581217 MASESE SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581218 CHEMWOKTER SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581219 SAMOEI KIPTENDEN GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Girls
32581220 KUTETE MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581221 PIMBINIET MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581222 EMORIJOI MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581301 MOI NAIKARRA SECONDARY SCHOOL Extra County Mixed
32581302 SEKENANI GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL County Girls
32581303 OLDERKESI SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32581304 TALEK BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL County Boys
32581305 TALEK GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL County Girls
32581306 SIANA GIRLS HIGH SCHOOL Sub County Girls
32582101 EOR-EKULE SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32582102 SALEITA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32582103 ENOOSEYIA SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32582201 NTULELE SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32582301 ST ANTHONYS SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32582302 KIPISE HILLS SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32582303 KEEKONYOKIE SECONDARY SCHOOL Sub County Mixed
32582401 OLASITI SECONDARY SCHOOL County Mixed
32582402 SUSWA GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL County Girls

KCPE 2021 results analysis for best schools (Shelter of Hope Academy)

KCPE 2020-2021 Results Analysis: Faith Akoth scooped 369 marks out of 500 to emerge the top candidate at Shelter of the Hope academy in the KCPE 2020-2021 exams. She was followed by Calvince Lumumba (356) and Tillen Benter (343).

KCPE 2020-2021 RESULTS ANALYSIS FOR SHELTER OF HOPE ACADEMY

Here is the full list of the KCPE 2020 candidates; KCPE 2020/2021 Top 200 Schools and and all Candidates with over 400 marks Nationally

For all the KCPE 2020-2021 results analysis, top schools nationally, best schools per county and best candidates visit; The official Knec Results Portal.

See also

QUICK LINKS

KCSE/KCPE ONLINE RESULTS PORTAL

KCSE PORTAL

THE KNEC KCSE PORTAL

KNEC PORTAL LOGIN.

THE KNEC CBA PORTAL

KNEC SCHOOL EXAMS PORTAL

KNEC PORTAL FOR KCPE RESULTS

THE KCPE KNEC PORTAL FOR PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

KNEC EXAMINERS PORTAL

THE KNEC CONTRACTED PROFESSIONALS PORTAL

THE KNEC CBA PORTAL

KNEC EXAMINERS LOGIN PORTAL

KNEC PORTALS

THE KNEC LCBE PORTAL

THE OFFICIAL KNEC WEBSITE

KCPE 2023 Science Commonly Tested Questions

COMMONLY KCPE TESTED QUESTIONS

SCIENCE

200 PREICTION QUESTIONS

                                              Time: 2 Hours 30 Mins

 

  1. Which blood vessel carries pure blood rich in oxygen from the lungs to the heart?
  2. Which of the following pairs of drugs consists only of illegal drugs in Kenya?
    1. Bhang and mandrax
    2. Tobbaco and tea
    3. Coffee and alcohol
    4. Inhalants and miraa
  3. Which one of the following minerals works 6. hand in hand with platelets in clotting after an injury?
    1. Iron
    2. Calcium
    3. Phosphorus
    4. Vitamin D
  4. Which one of the following stages of HIV/ AIDS infection does one look health with no visible signs but tests positive?
    1. Incubation
    2. Window period
    3. Symptomatic
    4. Full blown AIDS
  5. Which one of the following is not a function of the placenta?
    1. Nourishes the embryo
    2. Produces hormones that maintain pregnancy
    3. Facilitates the transfer of wastes
    4. Lubricates the birth canal during birth
  6. Which one of the following sexually transmitted infections has a painless sore on the genitals as one of the signs?
    1. Syphilis
    2. Gonorrhoea
    3. Chancroid
    4. Genital herpes
  7. Which of the following is the main constituent of a balanced diet obtained by animals when they feed on rice husks?
    1. Carbohydrates
    2. Proteins
    3. Vitamins
    4. Mineral salts
  8. Which one of the following is not an example of rotational grazing?
    1. Strip
    2. Paddocking
    3. Tethering
    4. Zero grazing
  9. Which one of the following is the cheapest material for modelling the solar system?
    1. Clay
    2. Softboard
    3. Plasticine
    4. Pins
  10. The following are some uses of components of air:
    1. manufacturing of electric bulbs
    2. supports burning
  • manufacture of soft drinks
  1. germination of seeds
  2. putting out fire

Which of the uses are for carbondioxide?

  1. A certain lever when in use, can work with load, effort and pivot at different positions as shown in the diagrams below.

Which one of the following levers is described by the diagrams shown above?

  1. Wheelbarrow
  2. Spade
  3. Crow bar
  4. Claw hammer
  1. Which method of separating mixtures can be used to separate wheat flour from husks?
    1. Picking
    2. Filtering
    3. Sieving
    4. Winnowing
  2. In a food chain, which organisms should be the most abundant?
    1. Producers
    2. Tertiary consumers
    3. Primary consumers
    4. Secondary consumers
  3. The transfer of heat through solids and gases respectively is
  4. Which one of the following statements is not true about the solar system
    1. Mars is the fourth planet from the sun.
    2. Jupiter is the largest planet.
    3. We use glue to mount the planets to the orbit
    4. Venus is the brightest planet
  5. Materials which allow some light to pass through them but one cannot see them clearly are called
  6. The largest component of the environment on the surface of earth is 18.Which water bone disease can be controlled covering pit latrine after use?
  7. Which type of soil erosion can be prevented by mulching?
  8. Which one of the following is a natural source of light?
    1. Moon
    2. Torch
    3. Electricity
    4. Firefly
  9. A ruler placed slanting in water appears broken. This is because light
  10. The diagram below represents a set-up that can be used to demonstrate a certain aspect of heat.

After some time, the wax melted due to;

  1. Which one of the following crop pests attacks and destroys crops by drilling holes in stored grains?
    1. White ants
    2. Weevil
    3. Stalk borers
    4. Cutworms
  2. Which one of the following plants stores food in the same part of the plant as sugarcane?
    1. Carrot
    2. sweet potato
    3. Irish potatoes
    4. Cassava
  3. A bean seed stores food in the
  4. The following are characteristics of certain animals:
    1. body covered with scales
    2. lay eggs
    3. cold blooded
    4. breath through lungs

Which one of the following pairs of animal has all the characteristics listed?

  1. Turtle and shark
  2. Lizard and tortoise
  3. Tilapia and frog
  4. Crocodile
  1. Which one of the following is true about friction. Friction can be
    1. Increased by streamlining
    2. reduced by treading
    3. used to make work easier
    4. measured using a spring balance
  2. Which one of the following food stuffs constitutes a balanced diet?
    1. Potatoes, beans, eggs
    2. Chicken, cabbage, beans
    3. Rice, chapati, beans         Peas, ugali, spinach
  3. Repairing leaking taps specifically helps in
  4. Given below are descriptions of a certain stage of HIV infection
  5. lt lasts between 6 weeks to 12 years
  6. If a medical test is done, the presence of HIV are discovered in the sample of blood.
  • The infected person looks normal and healthy Can infect other people

Which stage of HIV is described above?

  1. Which one of the following is not a way of using water sparingly?
    1. Reusing domestic water for irrigation
    2. Use of drip irrigation
    3. Closing taps that are not in use
    4. Repairing leaking pipes
  2. Which one of the following food stuffs contain mainly fats?
    1. Milk
    2. Beans
  3. The following are characteristics of certain types of clouds
    1. white in colour
    2. appear like bundles of cotton
  • dark grey in colour          mountainous in shape

Which pair of features are for cumulus clouds?

  1. Which one of the following is not an effect of livestock diseases?
    1. Blood in the stool.
    2. Reduced yield.
    3. Low quality products.
  2. Which one of the following activities can be used to demonstrate sheet erosion pouring water?
    1. Different positions on a slanting surface
    2. In channels of soil on slanting surface
    3. On a flat surface soil
    4. On a flat surface using a tin with many holes
  3. Which one of the following pairs consists only of materials that are non-magnetic?
    1. Copper and aluminium
    2. Steel and zinc
    3. Silver and steel
    4. Iron and aluminium
  4. Which one of the following activities will make a bottle top that was floating to sink in water?
    1. Increasing the amount of water
    2. Raising the container with water
    3. Changing the water into another container
    4. Crushing the bottle top
  5. Which one of the following ways of improving soil fertility will take the longest time for plants to get nutrients using?
    1. Compost manure B. Compound fertilizer
    2. Farmyard manure D. Green manure
  6. Which type of soil easily drains water?
  7. Which one of the following is not a practice for maintaining simple tools?
    1. Oiling
    2. Using for the right purpose
    3. Sharpening
    4. Storing in a safe place
  8. Newton is a unit for measuring?
  9. Which one of the following consists only of sexually transmitted infections?
    1. Bilharzia and cholera
    2. Anaemia and malaria
    3. Syphilis and typhoid
    4. Gonorrhoea and syphilis
  10. Which one of the following is not a feature of plants that grow in wet areas?
    1. Feathery roots
    2. Floating flowers
    3. Deep roots D. Air sacs
  11. Which one of the following is not a characteristic of carnivores?
    1. Well spaced teeth
    2. Long and sharp canines
    3. Presence of carnassial teeth
    4. Presence of a diastema
  12. Corrugated iron sheets can be damaged when they come into contact with
  13. Which one of the following is a modern method of food preservation?
    1. Salting B. Smoking
    2. Use of honey
    3. Canning
  14. Which one of the following groups consists of only cash crops?
    1. Maize, tea, yams
    2. Coffee, tea, cocoa
    3. Banana, orange, carrot
    4. Coconut, maize, beans
  15. The purpose of using rollers to move a load is to
  16. The following are activities followed when making a simple beam balance but not in the correct order
    1. fix the stand to the base
    2. suspend the arm to find the balancing point
  • make the arm, stand and base
  1. suspend the tins using strings
  2. fix the arm to the stand

Which one of the following is the correct order of activities?

  1. (iii), (ii), (i), (v), (iv)
  2. (iii), (ii), (v), (iv), (i)
  3. (iii), (ii), (i), (iv), (v)
  1. Which one of the following is not a source of electricity?
    1. Dynamol
    2. Dry cells.
    3. Solar panel
    4. Torch
  2. All drugs below are NARCOTICS except
    1. khat B. bhang
    2. cocaine D. heroin
  3. Which one of the blood component below helps to stop bleeding after an injury? A.Red blood cells.
    1. White blood cells.
  4. The diagram below shows a mammalian heart.

Which blood vessel above carries oxygenated blood to the heart?

  1. The male sex cells in a human being are produced in the ___________________
  2. Which pair of small animals below belong to the same group as a spider? A.Tick and tsetse fly.
    1. Mite and crab.
    2. Ants and termites.
    3. Scorpion and mite.
  3. Excessive taking of alcohol causes a disease of the liver called:
  4. The diagram below shows a weather instrument.

Which statement is not correct about the above instrument? A.Its narrow end points where the wind blowing to.

  1. It measures the strength and direction of wind.
  2. It has black and white stripes.
  3. It can be made with pole, wire and a mosquito net.
  1. Which component of environment is found in all other components?
  2. The addictive element in cigarette is called:
  3. Digestion of cooked beans starts in the:
  4. Which statement below is true about immunization of the infants?
    1. DPT protects the child against diptheria polio and tetanus
    2. BCG is given at the age of birth and 9 months
    3. Anti-measles is given through injection
    4. Anti-polio is administered through an injection
  5. Which one of the following is not a social effect of drugs? A.Accidents.
    1. Impaired judgement.
  6. All the following are common communi- cable diseases which one is not?
    1. Tuberculosis
    2. Tetanus
    3. Malaria
    4. Typhoid

 

 

  1. Which one of the following is not an importance of HIV-testing? To A.Decide on marriage.
    1. Change behaviour.
    2. Campaign for HIV/AIDS spread.
    3. Plan for the dependant.
  2. Std 6 pupils did the experiment below to investigate a certain property of light.

The property of light investigated is: 66.The diagram below shows a flower

Which part above represents parts of a stamen?

  1. Which one of the food crops below represents cereals only?
    1. Oats, maize, peas
    2. Groundnuts, grams, peas
    3. Ovacado, sugarcane, maize
    4. Millets, sorghum, barley
  2. Beans seeds can germinate without, ___________________________
  3. Which drug is stimulant when abused in small amount and depresant when abused in large amount?
  4. The following are signs and symptoms of a certain water borne disease

i.fever ii.abdominal pains iii. skin rashes iv.     joint and muscle aches

The above diseases is likely to be:

  1. Which is the 4th and 6th planet in the solar system from the sun?
    1. Earth and Jupiter
    2. Mars and Jupiter
    3. Mars and Saturn
    4. Jupiter and Uranus
  2. Which of the following pair of methods of food preservation makes both modern and traditional methods of food preservation
    1. Drying and freezing
    2. Low temperature and drying
    3. Smoking and drying
    4. Salting and smoking
  3. Which one of the following is not a function of leaves of a green plant?
    1. Breathing
    2. Transpiration
    3. Absorption
    4. Photosynthesis
  4. Which one of the following is not a myth and misconception about HIV/AIDS?
    1. AIDS victims are always thin
    2. Sex with a virgin cares AIDS
    3. AIDS is a curse from God
    4. AIDS has no cure
  5. The type of soil erosion that can be prevented by building porous dams is the
  6. Which property of soil determines the rate of drainage in soil?
  7. Which lever below has the effort between load and fulcrum?
    1. Fishing rod
    2. Wheelbarrow
    3. Claw hammer
    4. Bottle opener
  8. Which one of the following is not a function of all leaves in green plants?
    1. Making food
    2. Losing excess water
    3. Exchange of gases
    4. Food storage
  9. After fertilization in a female the implan- tation takes place in the:
  10. Which stage of HIV infection does the patient test negative but can infect others?
  11. The type of teeth used for tearing off meat also:
    1. have rough tops
    2. are sharp pointed C.have two roots

D.are chisel-shaped

  1. A brightly coloured flower
    1. has feathery stigma
    2. produces light pollen grains C. are small in size
    3. has few heavy pollen grains
  2. A mixture of salt and sand can be separated by
  3. The force that resists motion is measured in
  4. Which one of the following shows correctly the excretory organ and the wastes excreted

Organ wastes

  1. Skin water,urea,carbondioxide
  2. Kidney water, salt,carbondioxide
  3. Lungs carbon dioxide,water,salt
  4. Kidneys water,urea,salt
  1. Which one of the following is not a use of water in the industries? A.Making fountains.
    1. Cleaning coffee berries.
    2. Cooling machines.
  2. Which one of the following is correct about bat, frog and snake?
    1. They have scales
    2. They lay eggs
    3. Have varying body temperature
    4. Breath through lungs.
  3. Boat racing is a use of water in
  4. Which one of the following is not true about the concentrates as animal feeds?
    1. Contains high nutrient contents
    2. Have high moisture content
    3. Supplement other feeds
    4. Are generally bought from shops
  5. The following are uses of heat except
    1. ironing
    2. cooking
    3. keeping pests away
    4. drying
  6. Which one of the following is the BEST method of controlling weeds in a nursery bed
    1. Digging out
    2. Using chemicals
    3. Uprooting
    4. Slashing
  7. Which group of material below does not allow the light to pass thorugh?
    1. Mirror, titnted glass, milk
    2. Air, dirty water, stone
    3. Skylight, oiled paper, frosted glass
    4. Mirror, milk, dirty water.
  8. Which type of weed has very strong smell and can be used as a pesticide?
  9. In a human breathing system when the diaphragm flattens:
  10. Which of ,the followinig physical changes in adolescence tatakes place in boys only?
    1. Increase in weight and height
    2. wet dreams
    3. produce sex cells
    4. hips broadens
  11. Which group of plants below are green non-flowering plants only?
    1. Pine, sugarcane, cactus
    2. Yeast, mould, mushrooms
    3. Cider, algae, ferns
    4. Banana,sugarcane,grass
  12. Wires of the same material and thickness but of different lengths labelled R,T, S and M were fixed on a wooden plunk as shown below.

Which wire produced the highest sound when plucked?

  1. What is the main use of fibre in the diet
  2. When soil is strongly burnt in a tin to produce smoke, it shows that soil
  3. Which two forms of energy requires a medium to be transferred from one point to the other?
  4. Which one of the following is not a necessary condition for seeds to germinate? A.Moisture.
  5. The pests that burrow in the maize plant while it is growing are
  6. Which one of the following is the best method for Lucy to use to control weeds on a very small piece of land with vegetables? A.Using herbicides.
    1. Digging out.
    2. Burning them.
  7. The loudness or softness of sound is its
  8. When light moves from one medium to another, it A.bounces.
    1. is absorbed.
  9. The materials which allow some light to pass through improve privacy.
    1. enable one to see clearly.
    2. are said to be transparent.
    3. are used to make car windscreens.
  10. In order to increase the rate at which a substance dissolves in a solvent, one shouldn’t
  11. Which statement below does not describe cumulus clouds? They A.are dark grey in colour.
    1. are white and cotton like.
    2. form high in the sky.
    3. have a flat base.
  12. Which substance below has a definite mass but no definite shape? A.Flour.
    1. Office glue.
  13. The diagram below shows the composition of air.

The part which makes bulbs glow without blowing is labelled

  1. The vaccines given to a baby at birth prevents them against
  2. Which one of the following is not a reason for preserving food? To avoid wastage of the food.
    1. sell the food when prices are favourable.
    2. consume the food when nutrients are plenty.
    3. keep the food for future use.
  3. Which one of the following human intestinal worms can one get by eating raw meat?
  4. Which one of the following methods of preserving food is modern? A.Smoking.
    1. Using honey.
  5. Which of thee following sets of foodstuffs is suitable for a child suffering from marasmus?
    1. Apples, eggs, oranges, meat.
    2. Beans, kales, mangoes, sweet potatoes.
    3. Rice, bananas, maize, cabbage.
    4. Sausages, potatoes, chicken, cooked bananas.
  6. Which one of the following is not an effect of heat on matter? A.Expansion.
  7. The following are activities that take place during breathing:
  8. Volume of the chest cavity decreases. ii. Ribs move upwards and outwards.
    • Lungs shrink.
  1. The diaphragm muscles relax.

Which of the activities take place during breathing out?

  1. The diagram below shows the approximate percentages of the gases that make up air.

Which one of the following processes does not require the part labelled L? A.Combustion.

  1. Making plant food.
  1. When the arrow head of a windvane points to the south, it shows that wind is the blowing from
  2. Which one of the following levers has the position of the load between the effort and the fulcrum when in use?
    1. Claw hammer.
  3. Which one of the following statements is not correct about liquids?
    1. Some liquids expand when frozen.
    2. Liquids contract when heated.
    3. Liquids expand when heated.
    4. Liquids expand more than solids when heated.
  4. Which one of the following is not a way or reducing the force that opposes motion?
    1. Making treads.
    2. Using rollers.
    3. Using grease and lubricating oil.
  5. Which of the pairs below shows major non-living components of the environment?
    1. Light and sound.
    2. Animals and plants.
    3. Air and water.
    4. Soil and heat.
  6. Which one of the following is not a source of electric current?
    1. Car battery.
    2. Water fall.
    3. Wind turbines. 125.Weeds should be
  7. Which of the following animals are kept mainly for mutton production?
    1. Sheep and pigs.
    2. Goats and sheep.
    3. Cattle and camels.
    4. Goats and camels.
  8. Which one of the following is not a method of rotational grazing?
    1. Zero grazing.
    2. Paddocking
    3. Strip grazing.
  9. The most appropriate method of controlling the type of erosion commonly experienced along the roofs is
  10. Which small animals below is not classified in the same group as spider?
    1. Mite
    2. Scorpion
    3. Tick
    4. Crab
  11. Which one of the following is the function of fibre in the diet? Fibre
    1. helps in digestion of food.
    2. adds more nutrients to the body.
    3. helps in the removal of undigested food.
    4. helps in absorption of digested food.
  12. Which one of the following is not likely to increase the pressure of a liquid in a container?
    1. Increasing the amount of liquid.
    2. Reducing the diameter of the container.
    3. Using a narrow container.
    4. Raising the container.
  13. Which one of the following plants does not manufacture its own food?
  14. The following are the processes of germination of a seed but not in order:
  15. Emergence of the plumule. ii.  Absorption of water and air.
    • Bursting of the testa.
  1. Emergence of the radicle.

Which one of the following is the correct order?

  1. Which one of the following pairs of diseases can be controlled through draining away stagnant water?
    1. Bilharzia and malaria.
    2. Bilharzia and typhoid.
    3. Cholera and typhoid.
    4. Cholera and malaria.
  2. Which one of the following is a way of controlling the spread of HIV/AIDS among the youth?

A.Using condoms.

  1. Sticking to one faithful uninfected partner.
  2. Creating awareness.
  1. In which of the following is the force of friction least needed? A.Closing the door.
    1. Walking downhill.
    2. Writing on the chalkboard.
    3. Stopping a speeding motor cycle.
  2. Which one of the following groups has animals with similar characteristics?
    1. Beetle, scorpion, ant.
    2. Mite, wasp, spider.
    3. Termite, tick, grasshopper
    4. Wasp, ant, housefly
  3. Which one of the following methods of soil conservation can be used effectively to control the type of sail erosion shown below?

A.Mulching

  1. Contour farming
  2. Terracing
  3. over cropping
  1. Which of the following prevents a baby from shock and bumps? A.Umbilical cord.
    1. Amniotic sac.
    2. Amniotic fluid.
  2. Which of the following components is found in all environments?
  3. Which one of the following does not lead to air pollution?
    1. Smoking bhang in public.
    2. Spraying farm chemicals and aerosols.
    3. Vehicle exhaust fumes.
    4. Use of excessive fertilizers.
  4. Which of the following statements is not correct about separation of mixtures?
    1. Picking is used to separate big solid particles.
    2. Winnowing is suitable for separating a mixture of light and heavy solid particles.
    3. Sieving separates a mixture of small and large solid particles.
    4. A mixture of magnetic materials can be separated using a magnet.
  5. Which one of the following is an effect of excessive use of fertilizer as a water pollutant?

A.Excessive growth of water weeds

  1. Water-borne diseases
  2. Suffocation of water animals
  3. Increase of water animals
  1. Which one of the following mammals does not give birth to a live young one? A.Whale.
    1. Nile perch.
  2. Repairing leaking taps specifically helps in

A.re-using water well

B.harvesting rain water

C.using water sparingly

  1. A metallic nail sinks in water while a metallic ship floats on water. This is due to the difference in
  2. Which one of the following is not a source of electricity?
    1. Dynamol
    2. Dry cells.
    3. Solar panel
    4. Torch
  3. Which statement about vertebrates is correct?

A.Fish and amphibians are warm blooded.

B.Mammals and birds give birth to live young ones.

C.Reptiles and birds have internal fertilization.

D.Fish and birds have external fertilization.

 

 

 

  1. Which pair of blood vessels is correctly matched with the nature of blood in it?
   Deoxygenated   Oxygenated
 A.   Aorta  venacava
 B.  Venacava  pulmonary artery
 C.  Pulmonary artery  aorta
 D.  Pulmonary vein  aorta

 

  1. During a science lesson pupils setup the experiment as shown below to investigate factor that affect sinking and flowing.

Both material floated because of their

  1. When breathing in;
  2. An empty metallic ship floats on water because of
  3. The blood vessels that carries blood from the lungs to the heart and from the heart to the body respectively are
  4. In the female reproductive system, a zygote is formed in the
  5. Which one of the following vaccines is administered at birth?
    1. BCG
    2. Anti-measles
    3. DPT
    4. Anti-malaria
  6. Which one of the following animals does not breast feed its young ones?
    1. Whale
    2. Bat
    3. Shark
    4. Seal
  7. The windvane below was made by pupils using materials found in their school.

Which one of the following statements is incorrect about the instrument above? A.It shows the wind direction.

  1. The arrow head should be small than the tail.
  2. It should be place away from buildings.
  3. Its arrowhead points the direction where the wind is blowing to.
  1. Which one of the following livestock parasites attacks the livestock without living on it?
    1. Tick
    2. Tsetse fly
    3. Flea
    4. Mite
  2. Which type of teeth below is incorrectly matched with its function?
    1. Canine – cutting
    2. Incisors – biting
    3. Premolar – chewing
    4. Molar – grinding
  3. What is cross pollination?
  4. Which one of the following explains the function of white blood cells? A.Combine with oxygen.
    1. Fight the disease causing germs.
    2. Carry digested food materials.
    3. Clothing the blood.
  5. Which animals provides mutton and dairy?
  6. Children born to a smoking mother during pregnancy are least likely to be
  7. Which one of the process following takes place immediately after sperms cell and ovum unite?
    1. Fertilization
    2. Ovulation
    3. Implantation Menstruation 165.    The chart below shows the classification of plants.

Which one of the following correctly shows the plant represented by letters M, N, and P?

  M N P
A  Maize  Ferns  Cypress
B Lichen  Algae Mushroom
C  Beans Cactus  Puff balls
D Acacia Cedar Toadstool
  1. Which one of the following shows major non-living components of environment? A.Animals, plants.
    1. Sound, light, heat.
    2. Soil, stones, plants.
    3. Soil, air, water.
  2. The most effective method of controlling the spread of HIVIAIDS among the youth is by
  3. Miraa, tobacco and alcohol have one thing in common which one is it? They are
  4. Which one of the following does not show how plants and animals depend on each other?

A.Animals getting shade B.Birds sheltering on trees.

  1. Animals getting carbon dioxide from green plants.
  1. The diagram below shows an improvised simple liquid thermometer.

Which one of the following would make it measure slight changes in temperature? A.Tightening the cork.

  1. Making the straw and small narrower.
  2. Raising the temperature.
  3. Adding more coloured water.
  1. In a food chain, cabbages can be classified under
  2. When carrying out an experiment on drainage in soil, what does not need to be the same?
  3. The illustration below shows the changes of states in matter.

Liquid Which two processes require an increase in temperature?

  1. Heat from the sun reaches the leaves of the plants through a process called
  2. Below are characteristics of matter,

i.Definite shape. ii.Definite size. iii.Definite mass.

Which one of the above best describe paraffin?

  1. The second and seventh planets in the solar system respectively are:
  2. Wires of the same material and thickness but of different lengths labelled R,T, S and M were fixed on a wooden plunk as shown below.

Which wire produced the highest sound when plucked?

  1. Which one of the following is not a function of leaves of a green plant?

A.Breathing

B.Transpiration

C.Absorption

D.Photosynthesis

  1. Which one of the following is not a cereal crop?
    1. Maize
    2. Oats
    3. Beans
    4. Sorghum
  2. Which crop pest below is not correctly matched with the part of the plant it attacks?

A.Aphids – All kinds of grains

B.Weaver birds – Grains of cereals

C.Stalk borers – Inside of the stems

D.Cut worms – Stem of young plants.

  1. Weeds should be
  2. Which parts of a flower makes the male parts?
  3. Which one of the following weeds has thorns and green fruits which turn yellow when ripe?

A.Oxalis

B.Sódom apple

C.Wondering jew

D.Black jack

  1. Which one of the following is not an effect of livestock diseases? A.Blood in the stool.

B.Reduced yield.

C.Low quality products.

D.Death.

  1. Which small animals below is not classified in the same group as spider?

A.Mite

B.Scorpion

C.Tick

D.Crab

  1. Which one of the following is not a use of water in the industries? A.Making fountains.
  2. Cleaning coffee berries.

C.Cooling machines.

D.Irrigation.

  1. When fertilizer is used excessively to improve the quality of the soil, it may lead to
  2. Sheet erosion can be controlled by
  3. What is the importance of adding manure when preparing compost manure? 190. Which one of the following methods of food preservation dehydrates food?

A.Canning

B.Freezing

C.Use of low temperature

D.Drying.

  1. Which one of the following is the BEST method of controlling weeds in a nursery bed

A.Digging out

B.Using chemicals

C.Uprooting

D.Slashing

  1. During a class experiment, pupils mixed all the liquids below in one glass bottle.
  2. Water F. Milk
    1. Kerosene
    2. Cooking oil

How many layers were formed after mixing?

  1. Which one of the following is the most effective methods of separating a mixture of insoluble solid from liquid?

A.Filtering

B.Winnowing

C.Sieving

D.Decantation

  1. Below is a pie chart that shows different air components in their relative amounts

Which one of the following is NOT function of the part of the air labelled Z on the pie chart?

A.Supporting burning

B.Good for photosynthesis

C.Preserves soft drinks

D.Making fire extinguishers

  1. The soil that holds the least amount of water

A.has the highest capillarity

B.makes the longest ribbons

C.has the largest air spaces

D.is sticky when wet.

  1. The force that opposes movement is measured using
  2. Which one of the following methods of soil conservation can be used effectively to control the type of sail erosion shown below?

A.Mulching

B.Contour farming

C.Terracing

D.Cover cropping

  1. Which one of the following is not a source of electricity?

A.Dynamol

B.Dry cells.

C.Solar panel

D.Torch

  1. During a science lesson pupils setup the experiment as shown below to investigate factor that affect sinking and flowing.

Both material floated because of their 200.  What is convection?

 

 

Helb doesn’t have funds to lend to KMTC students, states Ogamba.

Helb doesn’t have funds to lend to KMTC students, states Ogamba.

Education Cabinet Secretary Julius Ogamba informed Parliament that students from the Kenya Medical Training College (KMTC) have not been receiving funding from the Higher Education Loans Board (HELB) because of a budget shortfall.

Ogamba explained that certain universities and training institutions fall outside the ministry’s scope and manage their budgets via relevant ministries.

The CS, who appeared before the Education and Health committees of the National Assembly, disclosed that HELB had been granted Sh84. 5 billion for this financial year, whereas the requirement was Sh138. 5 billion.

“I wish to notify Parliament that HELB submits estimates for both new and continuing students, based on information supplied by universities and other institutions under the Ministry of Education, with the budget allotted to HELB designated for funding a typically predetermined number of students in universities and other institutions,” he stated.

Ogamba indicated that HELB had supported KMTC to the tune of Sh1. 2 billion during the 2022/2023 period based on resources provided by the college through the Ministry of Health.

The CS noted that previously, HELB had allocated Sh468 million for loans to KMTC students based on the backing received from USAID over five years from 2014 to 2019 and emphasized that it is the ministry’s policy to assist all students pursuing higher education.

“If HELB is tasked with the responsibility of supporting all students in higher learning institutions, funding must be ensured, and it is evident that we have not declined to fund students in higher learning institutions, with the ongoing challenge being budget-related, which is the significant issue at hand,” he remarked.

KMTC Chief Executive Officer Kelly Oluoch conveyed to MPs that the Constitution mandates support for students at the institution, which has an enrollment of 68,000 students and 90 campuses nationwide.

Dr. Oluoch pointed out that the college’s exclusion from regular funding raises critical issues concerning equity, equality, and non-discrimination, principles firmly enshrined in the 2010 Constitution of Kenya, with Article 27 affirming that every individual is equal before the law.

He argued that by HELB limiting funding to students within institutions under the Ministry of Education, the State might be neglecting its constitutional obligation to promote equal educational opportunities.

“We currently face a shortfall of Sh1. 5 billion in unpaid school fees, with KMTC consistently seeking financial support to ensure that no student is deprived of learning opportunities. We observe that 34 percent of those who gain admission do not report, while 27 percent of our students defer their studies due to financial constraints,” he stated.

Kangema High School’s CBE Subjects, Pathways, Contacts, Location {Full Details}

Kangema High School is a public Boys’ Extra-County Level Boarding School that is located at Kangema Subcounty in Murang’a County of Central Region, Kenya. The School’s Official Phone Number Contact is: (+254)0720368441 .

Key Details about the school.

Country where found: Kenya.

Region: Central.

County: Kiambu.

Subcounty: Kiambaa.

School Type/ Ownership: A Public School.

Nature os School/ CBE Level: Senior School (SS).

Category: Regular School

School’s Official Name: Kangema High School 

Sex: Boys’ School.

School Cluster/ Level: Extra-County School whose Classification is C2.

Accomodation Type: Boarding School.

Knec Code:  10229101

School’s Official Phone Number:  0720368441 

Total Number of Subjects Combinations Offered at the School: 28

Subject Combinations Offered at Kangema High School

View all available subject combinations at this school

SOCIAL SCIENCES

10
HUMANITIES & BUSINESS STUDIESCode: SS2019
Christian Religious Education,Geography,History & Citizenship
3 SubjectsSOCIAL SCIENCES
HUMANITIES & BUSINESS STUDIESCode: SS2061
Business Studies,Geography,Literature in English
3 SubjectsSOCIAL SCIENCES
HUMANITIES & BUSINESS STUDIESCode: SS2024
Computer Studies,Geography,History & Citizenship
3 SubjectsSOCIAL SCIENCES
HUMANITIES & BUSINESS STUDIESCode: SS2056
Advanced Mathematics,Business Studies,Geography
3 SubjectsSOCIAL SCIENCES
HUMANITIES & BUSINESS STUDIESCode: SS2100
Business Studies,History & Citizenship,Literature in English
3 SubjectsSOCIAL SCIENCES
HUMANITIES & BUSINESS STUDIESCode: SS2069
Christian Religious Education,Fasihi ya Kiswahili,History & Citizenship
3 SubjectsSOCIAL SCIENCES
HUMANITIES & BUSINESS STUDIESCode: SS2064
Christian Religious Education,Computer Studies,History & Citizenship
3 SubjectsSOCIAL SCIENCES
HUMANITIES & BUSINESS STUDIESCode: SS2018
Fasihi ya Kiswahili,Geography,History & Citizenship
3 SubjectsSOCIAL SCIENCES
HUMANITIES & BUSINESS STUDIESCode: SS2109
Business Studies,Christian Religious Education,Fasihi ya Kiswahili
3 SubjectsSOCIAL SCIENCES
HUMANITIES & BUSINESS STUDIESCode: SS2097
Business Studies,French,History & Citizenship
3 SubjectsSOCIAL SCIENCES

ARTS & SPORTS SCIENCE

1
SPORTSCode: AS2011
Biology,History & Citizenship,Sports & Recreation
3 SubjectsARTS & SPORTS SCIENCE

STEM

17
APPLIED SCIENCESCode: ST2067
Agriculture,Computer Studies,Physics
3 SubjectsSTEM
APPLIED SCIENCESCode: ST2075
Agriculture,Geography,Physics
3 SubjectsSTEM
PURE SCIENCESCode: ST1042
Agriculture,Biology,Chemistry
3 SubjectsSTEM
APPLIED SCIENCESCode: ST2097
Biology,Business Studies,Computer Studies
3 SubjectsSTEM
APPLIED SCIENCESCode: ST2077
Advanced Mathematics,Business Studies,Computer Studies
3 SubjectsSTEM
APPLIED SCIENCESCode: ST2040
Advanced Mathematics,Biology,Geography
3 SubjectsSTEM
APPLIED SCIENCESCode: ST2059
Agriculture,Chemistry,Computer Studies
3 SubjectsSTEM
PURE SCIENCESCode: ST1016
Advanced Mathematics,Chemistry,Geography
3 SubjectsSTEM
PURE SCIENCESCode: ST1022
Advanced Mathematics,Chemistry,Wood Work
3 SubjectsSTEM
TECHNICAL STUDIESCode: ST3038
Business Studies,Physics,Wood Work
3 SubjectsSTEM
APPLIED SCIENCESCode: ST2009
Business Studies,Computer Studies,Wood Work
3 SubjectsSTEM
APPLIED SCIENCESCode: ST2047
Agriculture,Business Studies,Computer Studies
3 SubjectsSTEM
PURE SCIENCESCode: ST1034
Advanced Mathematics,Computer Studies,Physics
3 SubjectsSTEM
APPLIED SCIENCESCode: ST2078
Agriculture,Geography,Wood Work
3 SubjectsSTEM
TECHNICAL STUDIESCode: ST3027
Biology,Business Studies,Wood Work
3 SubjectsSTEM
TECHNICAL STUDIESCode: ST3071
Geography,Physics,Wood Work
3 SubjectsSTEM
TECHNICAL STUDIESCode: ST3055
Biology,Geography,Wood Work
3 SubjectsSTEM

📍 School Information

For more information about admission requirements, facilities, and application procedures, contact the school directly.

How to Select Grade 10 Subjects and schools

To select Grade 10 schools and subjects under the Competency-Based Curriculum (CBC) in Kenya, Grade 9 learners should first choose a career pathway (STEM, Social Sciences, or Arts & Sports Science). Then, they’ll select three subject combinations within that pathway and finally, choose four schools for each combination, totaling 12 schools. To select preferred Grade 10 Schools and Subject Combinations, use the Ministry of Education portal selection.education.go.ke.

1. How you can Choose a Career Pathway:

  • Identify your interests and potential career aspirations.
  • Select one of the three pathways: STEM, Social Sciences, or Arts & Sports Science.
  • Confirm your choice to proceed with the pathway.

2. Select Subject Combinations:

  • The portal will provide you with a list of subject combinations available within your chosen pathway.
  • Choose three subject combinations that align with your interests and strengths.

3. Select Preferred Senior Schools:

  • For each subject combination, select four schools from the available clusters.
  • This ensures a diverse range of options and equal representation from different categories of schools.
  • A total of 12 schools will be selected: 4 for the first subject combination, 4 for the second, and 4 for the third.

LIST OF ALL SENIOR SCHOOLS PER COUNTY.

West Pokot County Senior Schools.

Wajir County Senior Schools

Vihiga County Senior Schools

Uasin Gishu County Senior Schools

Turkana County Senior Schools

Trans-Nzoia County Senior Schools

Tharaka Nithi County Senior Schools

Tana River County Senior Schools

Taita Taveta County Senior Schools

Siaya County Senior Schools

Samburu County Senior Schools

Nyeri County Senior Schools

Nyandarua County Senior Schools

Nyamira County Senior Schools

Narok County Senior Schools

Nandi County Senior Schools

Nakuru County Senior Schools

Nairobi County Senior Schools

Murang’a County Senior Schools

Mombasa County Senior Schools

Migori County Senior Schools

Meru County Senior Schools

Marsabit County Senior Schools

LMandera County Senior Schools

Makueni County Senior Schools

Machakos County Senior Schools

Lamu County Senior Schools

Laikipia County Senior Schools

Kwale County Senior Schools

Kitui County Senior Schools

Kisumu County Senior Schools

Kisii County Senior Schools

Kirinyaga County Senior Schools

Kilifi County Senior Schools

Kiambu County Senior Schools

Kericho County Senior Schools

Kakamega County Senior Schools

Kajiado County Senior Schools

Isiolo County Senior Schools

Homa Bay County Senior Schools

Garissa County Senior Schools

Embu County Senior Schools

Elgeyo-Marakwet County Senior Schools

Busia County Senior Schools

Bungoma County  Senior Schools

Baringo County Senior Schools

List of all Senior Schools in Bomet County

Nyamira County best, top secondary schools; Indepth analysis

Senior School Subjects and Pathways selection Form.
Senior School Subjects and Pathways selection Form.

Senior School Selection Form educationnewshub.co.ke

Free Knec KPSEA Grade Six CBC Exams plus Targeter, Compass, Distinction, Signal, Timer and High Point Revision Exams

ENGLISH SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1-4 (EDITABLE)

ENGLISH FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING punctuation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Pronounce correctly the sounds /i/ and /i./

·        Demonstrate the difference between spelling and pronunciation in english

·        Listening to the sounds /i/ and /i./

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Discussion in groups

·        Audio tapes

·        Charts

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 1

·        Teachers guide page 17-18

·        Gateway secondary revision page 1-4 and 12

·        Old integrated English, teachers Book page 1

 
  2 READING comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a given passage and answer the questions provided

·        Reading

·        Discussion in groups

·        Writing

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Stories

·        Dictionary

·        Resource person

·        anecdote

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 5

·        Teachers guide page 19

·        Gateway secondary revision page 58

·        Old integrated English, teachers Book page

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Using a dictionary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Arrange words as they should be in a dictionary

·        Give meaning of words from the dictionary

·        Give classes of words from the dictionary

·        Reading

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Dictionary

·        chart

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 2-4

·        Teachers guide page 19

·        Gateway secondary revision page 58

·        Old integrated English, teachers Book page 2-6

·        New integrated English students book page 15

 
  4 READING comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a given passage and respond to the questions given appropriately

·        Reading the comprehension

·        Listening to the comprehension

·        Discussion in groups

·        Writing the comprehension answers

·        Stories

·        anecdotes

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 5-7

·        Teachers guide page 19

·        Gateway secondary revision page 64

·        Old integrated English, teachers Book page

·        New integrated English students book page

 
  5 GRAMMER Parts of speech By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the nine parts of speech

·        Demonstrate the ability to use the various parts of speech in sentences

·        Discussion in groups

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        Explanations

·

·        A – Journal

·        Charts

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 7-9

·        Teachers guide page 20-21

·        Gateway secondary revision page 75-129

·        Old integrated English, teachers Book page

·        New integrated English students book page 61

 
  6 WRITING handwriting By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to write legibly

·        Develop a good writing posture

·        Demonstrate the correct way of holding a pen

·        Demonstrate the correct way of shaping letters of the alphabet

·        Writing letters of the alphabet in ascending order

·        Discussion in groups

·        Video tapes

·        Charts

·        Text books

·        Head start secondary English book 1 – students book page 6-7

·        Teachers guide page 3

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 9-11

·        Teachers guide page 20-21

·        Gateway secondary revision page 75-129

·        Old integrated English, teachers Book page

·        New integrated English students book page 53

 
2 1 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Infer meanings of words

·        Use a dictionary appropriately

·        Reading new words

·        Discussion of the meaning of the words

·        Writing of the new words and their respective meanings

·        dictionary

·        Charts

·        Text books

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 14-15

·        Teachers guide page 23

·        Gateway secondary revision page 64

·        New integrated English students book page 151

 
  2 GRAMMER Common nouns and proper nouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify both common nouns and proper nouns

·        Use common nouns and proper nouns in sentence construction

·        Reading nouns

·        Listening to explanation

·        Discussion

·        Writing sentences

·        Wall pictures

·        Charts

·        Text books

·        New integrated English students book page 8-11

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 15-16

·        Teachers guide page 23

·        Head start secondary English book 1 – students book page 5-6

 
  3 WRITING Spelling rules By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the spelling rules

·        Use the rules in spelling words

·        Reading the spelling rules

·        Discussion of spelling rules

·        Writing sentences

·        Text books

·        Chalk board

·        New integrated English students book page 84

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 17-18

 

 
  4 WRITING Composition By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability of writing a composition

·        Listening to the teachers notes

·        Reading notes

·        Writing composition

·        Excerpts of writing

·        Text books

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 18

·        Teachers guide page 24

·        Gateway secondary revision page 167-168

·        old integrated English teachers book page 52

 
  5 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Opening and closing formula in a story By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        identify opening and closing formula in a story

·        reading a story

·        listening to a story

·        discussion in groups

·        writing a story

·        story: the river bank twins

·        A resource person

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 19

·        Teachers guide page 24-25

 

 
  6 PRONOUNCIATION Vowel sounds /e/ and /ae/ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        distinguish between the Vowel sounds /e/ and /ae/ and pronounce then correctly

·        Listening

·        Reading

·        Discussion

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        charts

·        old integrated English teachers book page 11 and 44

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 20

·        Teachers guide page 26

·        New integrated English students book page 11

 
3 1 STUDY SKILLS Using a library By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the different types of libraries

·        Identify the materials found in a library

·        Identify different sections of a library

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Responding to questions asked

·        Text books

·        libraries

·        old integrated English teachers book page 11 -13

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 20-22

·        Teachers guide page 26

 

 
  2 READING COMPREHENSION Types of comprehension question By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate understanding of the comprehension questions

·        Reading

·        Discussing

·        Responding to questions asked

·        Reciting

·        Text books

·        Comprehension, passages and questions

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 23-24

·        Teachers guide page 26-27

 

 
  3 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Build their vocabulary through word study

·        Reading

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Wall charts

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 25

·        Teachers guide page 27

·        New integrated English students book page 38-39

 

 
  4 GRAMMER Concrete nouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify concrete nouns and use them in sentences

·        Demonstrate the ability to use concrete nouns in sentence construction

·        Identifying concrete nouns

·        Reading the nouns

·        Writing

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Chalk board

·        Chalk

·        Door

·        Chair

·        charts

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 25-26

·        Teachers guide page 27-28

·        Gateway secondary revision page 13

 

 
  5 GRAMMER Countable and uncountable nouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify both Countable and uncountable nouns

·        Demonstrate the correct use of Countable and uncountable nouns in sentence and speech

·        Listening to teachers notes

·        Discussing the types of nouns

·        Writing sentences

·        Text books

·        Objects that are countable and uncountable

·        charts

·        New integrated English students book page 25-30

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 27-28

·        Teachers guide page 28

·        Head start secondary English book 1 – teachers guide  page 8

·        Students book page 20-22

 
  6 WRITING Simple sentences By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write simple sentences clearly and correctly

·        Reading notes in the book

·        Discussion of simple sentences in groups

·        Writing simple

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        charts

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 28-29

·        Teachers guide page 28

 

 
4 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Riddles By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the ability to pose a riddle
  • Demonstrate the ability to respond to questions from riddles
·        Discussing riddles

·        Listening to riddles

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Writing riddles from local communities

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        Resource person

·        old integrated English teachers book page 150

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 28

·        Teachers guide page 29

·        Gateway secondary revision page 23

 
  2 READING COMPREHENSION Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Build a wide range of vocabulary
  • Enhance his/her vocabulary
·        Reading words

·        Listening to passages

·        Writing the meanings of words

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Newspaper cut outs

·        dictionary

·        New integrated English students book page 45-47

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 30-32

·        Teachers guide page 30

·        Gateway secondary revision page 75

 
  3 GRAMMER Abstract nouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

·        Discussion

·        Listening to teachers explanation

·        Reading words

·        Writing abstract nouns

·        Text books

·        charts

·        New integrated English students book page 13-15

·        Head start secondary English book 1 – teachers guide  page 12-13

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 33-34

 
  4 WRITING Topic sentences By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the understanding of a topical sentence
·        Listening to a passage

·        Discussion in groups

·        Reading topic sentences

·        Writing paragraphs with topic sentences

·        Sample topic sentences

·        Text books

·        Head start secondary English book 1 – teachers guide  page 37-38

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 35-37

·        Teachers guide page 31

·        Gateway secondary revision page 158-159

 
  5 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Debate By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the ability to take part in a debating session and also discuss issues
·        Debating on a given motion

·        Listening to motion arguments

·        Writing points of the motion

·        Resource person

·        Video tapes

·        Text books

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 38

·        Teachers guide page 32

 

 
  6 STUDY SKILLS Note taking By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the ability to take notes
·        Listening to a session

·        Reading passages

·        Taking notes from the listening session or passage

·        Text books

·        Passage

·        Simple notes

·        Head start secondary English book 1 – students book  page 164

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 38-39

·        Teachers guide page 33-34

 
5 1 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the understanding of the content of the passage
·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing the questions

·        Writing the answers to the comprehension

·        Text books

·        Stories

·        anecdotes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 39-41

·        Teachers guide page 33-34

·        Gateway secondary revision page 64

 
  2 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Infer the meanings of words
  • demonstrate the use of a dictionary appropriately
  • build vocabulary through word study
·        Reading new words

·        Discussion

·        Writing the meaning of new words

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Wall charts

 

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 47-48

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 42

·        Teachers guide page 34

·        Gateway secondary revision page 64

 
  3 GRAMMER Number in nouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the ability to form plurals of singular nouns
·        listening to sentences

·        Reading the plural forms of words

·        Discussing how nouns form plurals

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 28-29

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 42-47

·        Teachers guide page 34-35

·        Head start English book 1 page 28-30

 
  4 WRITING Building paragraphs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Write and organizing supporting sentences in a paragraph
·        Reading paragraphs

·        Discussing how to write paragraphs

·        Writing paragraphs

·        Text books

·        Excerpts or paragraphs

 

·        Head start English book 1 page 51-52

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 49

·        Teachers guide page 35

·        Gateway secondary revision page 158

 
  5 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Trickster stories By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify the various features of a trickster
  • Demonstrate the ability to answer questions from a trickster
·        Listening to trickster stories

·        Identifying the features of a trickster story

·        Discussion

·        Writing the answers to the trickster stories

·        Text books

·        A trickster story

·        Chart

 

·        Head start English book 1 page 32-34

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 49

·        Teachers guide page 36

 

 
  6 PRONOUNCIATION Vowel sounds /Ə/ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Pronounce the sound /Ə/ correctly without difficulty
  • Demonstrate the awareness of the difference of the vowel /Ə/ and other vowels
·        Listening to the vowel /Ə/

·        Reading words with vowel sound /Ə/

·        Writing words with vowel sound /Ə/

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        Charts

 

·        Old integrated English book 1 page 34-35

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 50

·        Teachers guide page 37

 

 
6 1 READING Comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Discuss what HIV and AIDS is
  • Discuss how HIV and AIDS is transmitted
  • State the symptoms of AIDS
  • Read a passage and respond to the questions provided
·        Reading a comprehension

·        Listening to the comprehension

·        Writing answers to the comprehension questions

·         Discussion

·

·        Excerpts of newspapers

·        Resource person

·        Pictures

·        Text books

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 37

·        Teachers guide page 37

·        Head start English book 1 page 62-63

·        Teachers guide page 24-25

·        Gateway secondary revision page 60

 

 
  2 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Infer the meanings of words
  • Demonstrate the use of a dictionary appropriately
  • Build vocabulary through word study
·        Reading the vocabulary

·        Writing the meaning of the vocabulary

·        Discussion

·         Asking and answering questions

·

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Wall charts

 

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 52

·        Advancing in English Book 1

·        Teachers guide page 37

 

 
  3 GRAMMER Indefinite and definite articles By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify Indefinite and definite articles
  • Demonstrate the ability to use Indefinite and definite articles appropriately
·        Listening

·        Reading

·        Writing

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        Wall charts

 

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 20-23

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 52-55

·        Teachers guide page 37-38

·        Gateway secondary revision page 83

 

 

 
  4 WRITING Structure of the paragraph; clincher sentences By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify sentences with clincher sentences
  • Write paragraphs with clincher sentences appropriately
  • Identify what a clincher sentences is
·        Reading

·        Writing

·        Identifying what a clincher sentence is

·        Discussion

 

·        Sample paragraphs

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 38

·        Teachers guide page 56

·        Gateway secondary revision page 158

 

 

 
  5 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening competition By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the ability to listen to a comprehension
  • Respond and answer questions from a passage
·        Listening

·        discussion

·        Writing answers to the comprehension questions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Audio tapes

·        Text books

·

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 31-32

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 57-58

·        Teachers guide page 38-39

·        Gateway secondary revision page 15

 

 

 
  6 DISCUSSION AND APPLICATION Use of questions and facial expression By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the ability to employ gestures and facial expressions to express meanings
·        Acting scenes

·        Discussion

·        Observation

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Video  tapes

·        Text books

·

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 58-59

·        Teachers guide page 39

 

 
7 1 STUDY SKILLS Making notes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the ability to make notes from a passage
·        Reading passages

·        Listening to passages

·        Making notes from the passage

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Newspaper cut-outs

·        Passages

·        Head start English book 1 page 150

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 59-60

·        Teachers guide page 39

 

 
  2 READING Comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the ability to read a passage
  • Demonstrate the ability to respond to a question asked in the passage
·        Reading a comprehension

·        Listening to a comprehension

·        Writing answers to a comprehension

·        Discussion

·

·        Text books

·        Passage

·        Pre-reading activities

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 61-62

·        Teachers guide page 40

 

 
  3 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Learn new words
  • Infer their meanings
  • Demonstrate good use of vocabulary
·        Reading of new words

·        Writing the meanings of the vocabulary

·        Discussion of the meanings of the new words

·

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Wall charts

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 15,38,47

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 63

·        Teachers guide page 40

 

 
  4 GRAMMER Personal pronouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify personal pronouns
  • Demonstrate the use of personal pronouns correctly
·        Reading the pronouns

·        Identifying pronouns in sentences

·        Writing sentences with pronouns

·        Text books

·        Wall charts

·        Flash cards

·

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 54-57

·        Head start English book 1 page 48-51

·        Teachers guide page 19-20

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 63-65

·        Teachers guide page 40

 
  5 WRITING Sequencing ideas By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the sequence ideas in a paragraph
·        Listening to sentences

·        Reading sentences

·        Writing ideas in a sequence to form a paragraph

·        Text books

·        Sample paragraphs

·        Head start English book 1 page 51-52

·        Teachers guide page 20

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 66-67

·        Teachers guide page 41

 
  6 WRITING Summary writing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the ability to arrange sentences to form a paragraph with clearly sequenced ideas
·        Reading the summary

·        Writing the summary

·        Text books

·        Chalk board

·        Samples of summary articles

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 67

·        Teachers guide page 41

·        Gateway secondary revision page 131

 
8 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Ogre narratives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the comprehension of the ogre story content
  • Answer questions on the ogre stories
  • Discuss the setting of narratives
  • Write features of narratives
·        Reading narratives

·        Discussing setting of narratives

·        Writing features of narratives

·        Answering questions in the narratives

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        Resource person

·        Head start English book 1 page 87-90

·        Teachers guide page 36

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 68-69

·        Teachers guide page 41

·        Gateway secondary revision page 131

 
  2 PRONOUNCIATION Vowel sounds /Ɗ/ and /Ↄ:/ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Pronounce words containing /Ɗ/ and /Ↄ:/ correctly

 

·        Listening to sounds

·        Discussing sounds

·        Writing words with the sounds /Ɗ/ and /Ↄ:/

·        Pronouncing the sounds /Ɗ/ and /Ↄ:/

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        Wall charts

·        Old integrated English book 1

·        Teachers book page

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 69-70

·        Teachers guide page 43

·        Gateway secondary revision page 1-4

 
  3 READING Comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the ability to comprehend a passage
  • Answer correctly the comprehension questions

 

·        Reading a comprehension

·        Listening to a comprehension

·        Writing answers to the comprehension questions

·        Text books

·        Passages

·        Reading activities

·

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 69-70

·        Teachers guide page 43

·        Gateway secondary revision page 70

 
  4 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify new words
  • Infer the meanings of the new words
  • Demonstrate the ability to use the new words in sentences
·        Identification of the new vocabulary

·        Reading new vocabulary

·        Discussion

·        Writing sentences using the new vocabulary

·        Dictionary

·        Text books

·        Wall charts

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 15, 38, 47

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 70

·        Teachers guide page 44

 
  5 GRAMMER Possessive pronouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify possessive pronouns
  • Demonstrate the correct use of possessive pronouns
  • Identifying the possessive pronouns

·        Discussion

·        Responding to questions

  • Writing sentences with possessive pronouns
·        Text books

·        Wall charts

·        Flash cards

·        Head start English book 1 page 57

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 71-73

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 65-68

 
  6 WRITING Unity in paragraphs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the ability to develop a paragraph with ideas which are closely related to the topic sentence and the clincher
  • Identifying the reading paragraphs
  • Writing paragraphs
·        Excerpts of paragraphs from short stories

·        Text books

·

·        Head start English book 1 page 58-59

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 73-74

·        Teachers guide page 44

·        Gateway secondary revision page 158

 
9 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Listen to a passage
  • Respond to the questions from the passage
  • Listening to stories
  • Discussion
  • Writing answers to the questions
·        Text books

·        Audio tape

·        Resource person

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 75

·        Teachers guide page 45

 

 
  2 NIN VERBAL COMMUNICATION Personal space By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the awareness of keeping personal space
  • Role playing
  • Writing what was role played
·        Resource person

·        Tapes (video)

·         Text books

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 75-76

·        Teachers guide page 46

 

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Silent reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Develop the ability to read silently
  • Develop the ability to avoid bad reading habits
  • Reading a story
  • Writing answers
·        Story book

·         Text book

 

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 194-196

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 76-78

·        Gateway secondary revision page 38

 

 
  4 READING Comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read a passage
  • Demonstrate the understanding of the passage contents
  • Respond to comprehension/passage questions
  • Reading comprehension
  • Responding to questions
·        Text book

·        Passage

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 78-79

·        Teachers guide page 47

 

 
  5 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify new words
  • Infer the meaning of the new words
  • Use the new words in sentences
  • Reading new vocabulary
  • Discussion of the meaning of the new words
  • Writing sentences

 

·        Text book

·        Dictionary

·        Wall charts

 

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 15,38,47

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 80

·        Teachers guide page 48

 
  6 GRAMMER Reflexive pronouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify reflexive pronouns
  • Use the reflexive pronouns in sentences
·        Listening to explanations

·        Reading sentences

·        Writing sentences with reflexive pronouns

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        Wall charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 80-81

·        Teachers guide page 48

·        Head start English book 1 page 66-67

·        Teachers guide page

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 73-75

 
10 1 WRITING Use of capital letters By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write capital letters well and in order

·        Use the capital letters correctly

·        Reading sentences

·        Writing capital letters

·        Discussing the use of capital letters

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Wall charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 81-82

·        Teachers guide page 48-49

·        Gateway secondary revision page 149

 

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the acceptable writing skills
·        Listening to stories

·        Discussion

·        Responding to questions

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 92

·        Teachers guide page 53-54

 

 
  3 PRONOUNCIATION Vowel sounds /ℓ/ and /ℓ:/ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the understanding of the short vowel /ℓ/ and long vowel /ℓ:/

·        Distinguish between the short vowel /ℓ/ and long vowel /ℓ:/

·        Reading words with Vowel sounds /ℓ/ and /ℓ

·        Articulation of the given sounds

·        Responding to questions

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        Wall charts

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 92-93

·        Teachers guide page 54

·        Gateway secondary revision page 1-41

 

 
  4 STUDY SKILLS Speed reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the ability to read with speed
·        Reading a passage

·        Illustration

·        Responding to questions asked

·        Writing answers to the passage

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        Old integrated English book 1

·        Teachers book page 23-24

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 93-94

·        Teachers book page 54

·        Gateway secondary revision page 37-39

 
  5 READING Comprehension skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the use of comprehension skills in reading a passage

·        Reading a comprehension

·        Discussion in groups

·        Responding to questions asked

·        Text books

·        Pre-reading activities

·        passage

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 94-96

·        Teachers book page 55

·        Gateway secondary revision page 18-21

 
  6 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify new words
  • Infer the meanings of the new words
  • Use the new words in sentences
·        Reading new words

·        Discussion

·        Writing sentences

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Wall charts

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 96

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 47

·        Old integrated English book 1

·        Teachers book page 2

 
11 1 GRAMMER Functions of pronouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the various functions of pronouns

·        Demonstrate the understanding of functions of pronouns

·        Listening to sentences

·        Discussion writing sentences with pronouns

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 97-98

·        Teachers book page 56

·        Head start English book 1 page 48, 57-64

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 65,73

·        Gateway secondary revision page 92

 
  2 WRITING Final punctuation marks By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify the final punctuation marks
  • Use the final punctuation marks accordingly
·        Reading sentences

·        Discussion writing punctuation marks

·        Text books

·         Wall charts

·        Head start English book 1 page 85

·        Teachers book page 35

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 98-101

·        Teachers book page 56-57

·        Gateway secondary revision page 14

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage

·        Respond to questions provided from the passage

·        Listening to a passage

·        Reading a passage

·        Responding to questions

·        Writing answers

·        Text books

·        Anecdotes

·        passages

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 102

·        Teachers book page 57

·        Gateway secondary revision page 14

 
  4 DISCUSSION AND APPLICATION Debate By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to take part in a debating session and discuss issues

·        Debating on a given motion in class

·        Listening to the motions arguments

·        Resource person

·        Video tapes text books

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 102

·        Teachers guide page 58

 
  5 READING Comprehension skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to apply the comprehension skills in reading a passage

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussion

·        Writing the comprehension answers

·        Text books

·        Passage

·        Pre-reading activities

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 102

·        Teachers guide page 58

·        Gateway secondary revision page 37-39

 
  6 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify new words
  • Infer the meaning of the new words
  • Use the new words in sentences
·        Indication of new words

·        Reading vocabulary

·        Discussion

·        Writing sentences

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Wall charts

·        Head start English book 1 page 213

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 15,38,47

·        Old integrated English book 1

·        Teachers book page 2

·

 
12 1 GRAMMER Regular verbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify regular verbs

·        Demonstrate the ability to practice using regular verbs by changing the given verb from its present tense to its past tense

·        Identifying regular verbs

·        Discussion

·        Writing the regular verbs

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        charts

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 105

·        Teachers book page 59

·        Head start English book 1 page 91-92

·        Teachers book page 10

·        Old integrated English book 1 page 27

 
  2 REVISION FOR EXAMS   By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to comprehend all the lessons taught in in the course of the term

· · ·        Advancing in English Book 1

·        Head start English book 1

·        New integrated English Book 1

·        Old integrated English book 1

·        Gateway secondary revision in English

 
13 END  OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENGLISH FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 WRITING The comma By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the understanding of using a comma in writing

·        Reading sentences with ‘the comma’

·        Listening to sentences

·        Writing commas

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        charts

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 106-107

·        Teachers guide page 59-60

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 155-156

·        Head start English book 1 page 77-78

·        Gateway secondary revision page 150

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage and respond to questions from it

·        Listening to stories

·        Discussing the stories

·        Writing answers

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 109

·        Teachers guide page 60

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 72

·        Head start English book 1 page 71

·        Gateway secondary revision page 37

 
  3 DISCUSSION Debate By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to take part in a debating session and discuss issues

·        Discussing a given motion

·        Listening to motion arguments

·        Writing points from the given motion

·        Text books

·        video tapes

·        resource person

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 109

·        Teachers guide page 61

 

 
  4 STUDY SKILLS Reading aloud By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read aloud in class

·        Demonstrate understanding of the passage

·        Reading the comprehension

·        Responding to the questions

·        Text books

·        Extracts of passages

·        Newspaper writings

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 109

·        Teachers guide page 111

·        Gateway secondary revision page 37

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 118

 
  5 READING Comprehension skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage

·        Demonstrate understanding of the contents

·        Reading the comprehension

·        Responding to the questions

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Pictures

·        Text books

·        Extracts of the passage

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 110-113

·        Teachers guide page 61

·        Gateway secondary revision page 38

 

 
  6 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Complete a given crossword using vocabulary drawn from a passage

·        Reading the vocabulary

·        Discussing new words

·        Writing meaning of vocabulary

·        Text books

·        Newspaper cuttings

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 113

·        Teachers guide page 61

·        Gateway secondary revision page 111

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 26

 

 
2 1 GRAMMER Irregular verbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify regular verbs

·        Use regular verbs In sentences

·        Speaking

·        Writing a list of irregular verbs

·        Constructing sentences

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 114-445

·        Teachers guide page 61-62

·        Gateway secondary revision page 94-96

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 133

·        Head start English book 1 page 91

 
  2 WRITING Diaries By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to make diary entries

·        Discussing diaries

·        Writing a diary

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        diaries

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 116-117

·        Teachers guide page 62

·        Gateway secondary revision page 161

·        Head start English book 1 page 92

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Note making By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage

·        Respond to comprehension questions

·        Make notes form the passage

·        Listen to a passage

·        Speaking/discussion on note making

·        Taking notes

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Excerpts from magazines

·        Audio tapes

·        Text books

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 119

·        Teachers guide page 63

·        Gateway secondary revision page 42

·        Head start English book 1 page 164

 
  4 PRONOUNCIATION Minimal pairs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read and make a distinction between /Ʌ/ and /ӕ/ and pronounce them correctly

·        Reading in minimal pairs

·        Articulating sounds

·        discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Flash cards

·        Wall charts

·        Text books

 

·        Old integrated English Book 1 Teachers book page 11

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 119

·        Teachers guide page 64

·        Gateway secondary revision page 1-4

 
  5 READING Comprehension skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a given comprehension passage

·        Respond to the questions asked from the passage

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing comprehension skills

·        Writing answers to the passage

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Extracts of passages

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 120-122

·        Teachers guide page 64-65

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 80

·        Head start English book 1 page 79

 
  6 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Infer the meanings of words

·        Demonstrate the use of a dictionary appropriately

·        Building vocabulary through word study

·        Reading new words

·        Writing the meanings of the new words

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Books

·        Charts

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 122-123

·        Teachers guide page 65

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 259

·        Head start English book 1 page 75

 
3 1 GRAMMER Simple present tense By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use verbs in the simple present tense correctly

·        Reading notes

·        Discussing the simple present tense

·        Writing sentences in the simple present tense

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 123

·        Teachers guide page 65

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 106

·        Head start English book 1 page 75

·        Gateway secondary revision page 102

 
  2-3 WRITING Formal letter By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write the address of the sender and the receiver correctly

·        Organize a mailing address

·        Write a formal letter

·        Discussing the format of formal letters

·        Writing formal letters

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Samples of formal letters

·        charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 125-127

·        Teachers guide page 65-66

·        Gateway secondary revision page 164

 
  4 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listening to a comprehension passage

·        Identify the moral issues raised

·        Reading the comprehension

·        Listening to the passage

·        discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Excerpts from magazines

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 128

·        Teachers guide page 66-67

·        Gateway secondary revision page 58

 
  5 PRONOUNCIATION Vowels /Ə/ and /a: / By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the vowels /Ə/ and /a: /   correctly

·        Distinguish between the Vowels /Ə/ and /a: /

·        Reading words with the vowel sounds

·        Discussing how to articulate the sounds

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        Wall charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 129

·        Teachers guide page 67-68

·        Old integrated English Book 1 Teachers book page 34

 

 
  6 STUDY SKILLS Intensive reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a poem

·        Identify similes

·        Explain how similes are used

 

·        Reading poems

·        Discussing how to read intensively

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Excerpts from passages and magazines

 

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 129-130

·        Teachers guide page 68

·        Gateway secondary revision page 37-39

·        Old integrated English Book 1 Teachers book page 148

 

 
4 1 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage

·        Respond to questions asked from the passage

 

·        Reading passages

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Excerpts from passages and magazines

 

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 131-134

·        Teachers guide page 68-69

·        Gateway secondary revision page 55

·        Head start English book 1 page 87

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 126

 
  2 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Infer the meanings of new words

·        Identify the new words

·        Use the new words in sentences

·        Reading vocabulary

·        Discussing the new words

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Constructing sentences

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Wall charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 131-134

·        Teachers guide page 68-69

·        Old integrated English Book 1 Teachers book page

 
  3 WRITING Spelling rules By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the spelling rules

·        Use the spelling rules correctly

 

·        Reading rules from text books

·        Speaking and listening to the rules

·        discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 130

·        Teachers guide page 70

·        Gateway secondary revision page 94-95

·        Head start English book 1 page 13-15

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 84-88

 
  4 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Trickster stories By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a trickster story

·        Respond to questions on the trickster story

 

·        Listening to stories

·        Discussing features of trickster stories

·        Writing notes

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Excerpts of a story

·        Text books

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 137

·        Teachers guide page 70-72

·        Gateway secondary revision page 12-13

·        Head start English book 1 page 32-34

 
  5 READING Comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listening to a Comprehension

·        Respond to questions from the passage

 

·        Reading passages

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Writing answers

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Flash cards

·        Excerpts from passages

·        Text books

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 138-140

·        Teachers guide page 72

·        Gateway secondary revision page 215

 

 
  6 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Match phrases with similar meanings in a context

 

·        Reading vocabulary

·        Discussing the meanings of new words

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Writing

·        Charts

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 140-141

·        Teachers guide page 72

·

 
5 1 GRAMMER Comparative and superlative forms By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify comparative and superlative forms of adjectives

 

·        Reading comparative and superlative forms of adjectives

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Writing

·        Charts

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 141-145

·        Teachers guide page 73

·        Gateway secondary revision page 117

·        Head start English book 1 page 34

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 39

 
  2 WRITING Informal letters By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the various features of an informal letter

·        Write an informal letter

 

·        Reading informal letters

·        Discussing the format of informal letters

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Writing informal letter

·        Charts

·        Text books

·        Samples of informal letters

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 145-147

·        Teachers guide page 73

·        Gateway secondary revision page 164

·        Head start English book 1 page 115-116

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage

·        Respond to questions from the passage

 

·        Listening to passages

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Writing answers

·        Audio

·        Text books

·        Extracts of passages

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 149

·        Teachers guide page 74

·        Gateway secondary revision page 193

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 135

 
  4 DEBATE Child labour causes poverty By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to hold a debate in class and discuss issues on a given motion

 

·        Discussing child labour and its effects

·        Listening to the participants

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Video tapes

·        Text books

·        Resource person

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 149

·        Teachers guide page 74

 

 
  5 STUDY SKILLS The plot in a play By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to study the plot in a play

 

·        Discussing the plot in a play

·        Writing notes on plot in a plays

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Sample play

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 151

·        Teachers guide page 75

·        Gateway secondary revision page 44-45

 
  6 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage

·        Respond to questions from the passage

 

·        Reading a passage

·        Discussing on questions

·        Writing answers to the passage questions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Excerpts of passages

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 151-152

·        Teachers guide page 75

·        Head start English book 1 page 87

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 139

 
6 1 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify new words

·        Infer the meaning of the new words

·        Use the new words in sentences

 

·        Reading vocabulary

·        Discussing the meaning of the new words

·        Constructing sentences

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 152-153

·        Teachers guide page 72

·        Head start English book 1 page 94

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 259

 
  2 GRAMMER Regular and irregular adjectives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify regular and irregular adjectives

·        Use the regular and irregular adjectives correctly

 

·        Discussion

·        Constructing sentences

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Flash cards

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 153-154

·        Teachers guide page 76

·        Gateway secondary revision page 117-118

·        Head start English book 1 page 114-115

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 280

 
  3 WRITING Informal letters By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to punctuate an informal letter

 

·        Discussing how to punctuate an informal letter

·        Writing an informal letter

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Samples of informal letters

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 154-155

·        Teachers guide page 76

·        Gateway secondary revision page 182-183

·        Head start English book 1 page 123-124

 
  4 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a comprehension passage

·        Demonstrate understanding of listening skills by responding to questions from a listening passage

 

·        Listening to a comprehension passage

·        Discussing on questions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        Excerpts of passages

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 156

·        Teachers guide page 76

·        Gateway secondary revision page 31

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 94

 
  5 STUDY SKILLS Etiquette By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify what Etiquette is

·        Demonstrate the appropriate use of Etiquette

 

·        Demonstrating the appropriate use of Etiquette

·        Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Resource person

·        Video tapes

·        Text books

·        charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 156

·        Teachers guide page 77

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 228

·        Head start English book 1 page 8

 
  6 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage

·        Respond to questions from the passage

 

·        Reading the comprehension passage

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Excerpts from magazines

·        Text books

·        charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 158-159

·        Teachers guide page 78

·        Gateway secondary revision page 69

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 249

·        Head start English book 1 page 94

 
7 1 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify new words

·        Infer the meanings of the new words

·        Use the new words in sentences

 

 

·        Discussing the new words

·        Read the new words

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Constructing sentences

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 160

·        Teachers guide page 78

·        Gateway secondary revision page 69

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 266

·        Head start English book 1 page 97

 
  2 GRAMMER Gradable and non-gradable adjectives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify Gradable and non-gradable adjectives

·        Use Gradable and non-gradable adjectives  correctly in sentences

 

 

·        Reading sentences

·        Discussion

·        Filling in gaps

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        Wall charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 160-161

·        Teachers guide page 78-79

·        Gateway secondary revision page 119

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 262-263

·        Head start English book 1 page 121-123

 
  3 WRITING Note making By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Make notes using the skills learnt

·        Improve their listening skills

·        Make notes

 

 

·        Note making

·        Reading notes

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Text books

·        Sample notes

·        charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 163-164

·        Teachers guide page 79

·        Gateway secondary revision page 42

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 156

 

 
  4 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate comprehension of the listening passages –sound pollution

·        Asking and answering question

 

·        Note making

·        Reading notes

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Text books

·        Excerpts of passages

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 165

·        Teachers guide page 80

·        Gateway secondary revision page 14

 

 
  5 ORAL SKILLS Vowel sounds /e/ and /ei/ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Distinguish between the vowel sounds /e/ and /ei/

·        Articulate the sounds correctly

 

·        Listening to the vowel sounds

·        Reading words with the vowel sounds /e/ and /ei/

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 165-166

·        Teachers guide page 81

·        Gateway secondary revision page 1-4

·        Old integrated English Book 1 Teachers book page

 

 
  6 STUDY SKILLS Metaphors By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a given passage

·        Identify metaphors from it

·        Infer the meanings of the metaphors

 

·        Reading passages

·        Discussing the meaning of the metaphors

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Sample metaphors

·        Audio tapes

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 166-168

·        Teachers guide page 81

·        Gateway secondary revision page 51-52

 

 
8 1 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a given passage and respond to its questions

·        Consolidate vocabulary using study skills

·        Reading passages

·        Discussion on question

·        Writing meanings of vocabulary

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Excerpts of passages/ magazines

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 168-169

·        Teachers guide page 81

·        Gateway secondary revision page 212

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 103

 
  2 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify new words

·        Infer the meanings of the new words

·        Use the words in a sentence

·        Reading vocabulary

·        Discussion of the meanings of the new words

·        Writing the new words in sentences

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Charts

·        Sample sentences

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 169-170

·        Teachers guide page 82

·        Head start English book 1 page 105

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 39

 
  3 GRAMMER Adverbs of manner By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the adverbs of manner

·        Use the adverbs of manner in a sentence

·        Discussion

·        Filling in gaps

·        Constructing sentences

·        Writing

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Flash cards

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Excerpts of magazines

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 170-171

·        Teachers guide page 82

·        Gateway secondary revision page 123-125

·        Head start English book 1 page 213-214

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 129-131

 
  4 WRITING Imaginative compositions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to use creative skills to write a composition

·        Discussion on the main parts of a composition

·        Writing an imaginative composition

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Samples of imaginative compositions

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 171-172

·        Teachers guide page 82

·        Gateway secondary revision page 167-168

·        Head start English book 1 page 183

 
  5 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage

·        Respond to questions from the passage

·        Listening to the passage

·        Writing answers to the passage

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Excerpts of passages

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 173

·        Teachers guide page 83

·        Gateway secondary revision page 71-72

·        Head start English book 1 page 110

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 179

 
  6 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage ‘truth triumphs’

·        Respond to the questions from the passage

·        Reading a passage

·        Writing answers to the comprehension questions

·        discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Sample passages

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 173-175

·        Teachers guide page 83-84

·        Gateway secondary revision page 64-65

·        Head start English book 1 page 110

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 232

 
9 1 GRAMMER Simple past tense By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use words in Simple past tense    correctly

·        Fill in gaps with verbs in Simple past tense

·        Reading notes

·        Discussing Simple past tense

·        Writing sentences in Simple past tense

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 175-176

·        Teachers guide page 84

·        Gateway secondary revision page 133

·        Head start English book 1 page 83-85

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 127-130

 
  2 GRAMMER Verbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify what verbs are

·        Use the verbs in their correct form to fill in the gaps

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Filling in gaps

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        Charts

·        Chalk board

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 176

·        Teachers guide page 84

·        Gateway secondary revision page 94-97

·        Head start English book 1 page 91

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 172

 
  3 WRITING Informal letters By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the layout of an informal letter

·        Use the format in writing an informal letter correctly

·        Writing informal letters

·        Discussion

·        Asking and responding to questions

·        Text books

·        Sample informal letters

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 177

·        Teachers guide page 84

·        Gateway secondary revision page 181

·        Head start English book 1 page 131

 
  4 READING Note making By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage

·        Make notes from the passage read

·        Reading a passage

·        Discussion

·        Note making

·        Asking and responding to questions

·        Text books

·        Sample passages and sample notes

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 177

·        Teachers guide page 84

·        Gateway secondary revision page 42

·        Head start English book 1 page 156

·        Old integrated English book 1 teachers book page 55

 
  5 WRITING Imaginative composition By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to use skills learnt to write an imaginative composition

·        Discussion

·        Writing an imaginative composition

·        Asking and responding to questions

·        Text books

·        Sample imaginative compositions

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 177

·        Teachers guide page 84

·        Gateway secondary revision page 177

·        Head start English book 1 page 138

 
  6 GRAMMER Punctuation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to punctuate given sentences correctly

·        Discussion

·        Writing an punctuated paragraphs

·        responding to questions asked

·        Text books

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 177

·        Teachers guide page

·        Gateway secondary revision page 149

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 153 and 159

 
10 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a comprehension passage

·        Respond to questions asked using listening skills

·        Listening to the passage

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        responding to questions asked

·        Text books

·        Pre – Listening activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 178

·        Teachers guide page 85

·        Gateway secondary revision page 58

·        Head start English book 1 page 107

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 162

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Using the library ‘cataloguing’ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Show the understanding of classification systems in a library

·        Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Writing

·        responding to questions asked

·        Text books

·        Pictures

·        Catalogue

·        chart

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 179

·        Teachers guide page 86

 

 
  3 READING Intensive reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage

·        Respond to the questions asked from the passage

·        Reading a passage

·        Discussing the skills of intensive reading

·        Writing answers

·        responding to questions asked

·        Text books

·        Pre-reading texts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 181-183

·        Teachers guide page 87

·        Gateway secondary revision page 37-39

·        Head start English book 1 page 117

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 167-169

 
  4 ORAL SKILLS Debate By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to take part in a debating session in class

·        Discuss the issues

·        Listening to the debating sessions

·        Discussion of the motion

·        Writing important points

·        responding to questions asked

·        video tapes

·        Text books

·        Resource person

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 178

·        Teachers guide page 86

 

 
  5 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify new words

·        Infer meanings of the words

·        Use the new words to fill in the gaps

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Filling in the gaps

·        responding to questions asked

·        flash cards

·        text books

·        charts

·        dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 183

·        Teachers guide page 87

·        Head  start English book 1 page 120

 

 
  6 GRAMMER Adverbs of time and frequency By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the adverbs of time and frequency

·        Use the adverbs of time and frequency in sentences

·        Discussion

·        responding to questions asked

·        writing

·        constructing sentences

·        flash cards

·        text books

·        charts

·        sample sentences

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 183-185

·        Teachers guide page 87

·        Gateway secondary revision page

·        123-126

·        Head  start English book 1 page 137

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 218

 
11 1 WRITING Imaginative composition By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to write an Imaginative composition while paying close attention to the topic sentence and the clincher

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        responding to questions asked

 

·        text books

·        charts

·        sample imaginative composition

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 185

·        Teachers guide page 87

·        Gateway secondary revision page 177

·        Head  start English book 1 page 177

 

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to identify, listen and comprehend a trickster story

·        Respond to questions from the passage

·        Listening to the passages

·        Discussion

·        responding to questions asked

 

·        audio tapes

·        resource person

·        text books

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 186

·        Teachers guide page 88

·        Gateway secondary revision page 40-41

·        Head  start English book 1 page 125

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 179

 
  3 ORAL SKILLS Vowel sounds /Əu/ and /D/ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Pronounce the sounds /Əu/ and /D/ and distinguish them in words

·        Listening to the articulation of sounds

·        Reading words with the vowel sounds

·        Discussion

·        responding to questions asked

 

·        audio tapes

·        text books

·        charts

·        flash cards

 

·        old integrated English book 1 teachers guide pages 34-35

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 186-187

·        Teachers guide page 89

·        Gateway secondary revision page 1-4

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read and demonstrate the understanding of a passage

·        Respond to the questions of the passage

·        Reading a passage

·        discussion

·        responding to questions asked in written form

 

·        text books

·        pre-reading pictures

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 187-189

·        Teachers guide page 89-90

·        Gateway secondary revision page 40-41

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 192

·        Head  start English book 1 page 125

 
  5 GRAMMER Prepositions of positions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify Prepositions of positions

·        Use the Prepositions of positions correctly

·        Discussion

·        Filling in gaps

·        Constructing sentences

·        responding to questions

 

·        flash cards

·        text books

·        charts

·         pictures

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 189-190

·        Teachers guide page 90

·        Gateway secondary revision page 127

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 250

·        Head  start English book 1 page 155

 
  6 WRITING Writing poems By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to write short poems

·        Writing short poems

·        Discussing the structure of poems

·        responding to questions

 

·        text books

·        charts

·        sample poems

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 193-194

·        Teachers guide page 90

·        Gateway secondary revision page 177-178

 
12 1-6 REVISION FOR EXAMS Writing poems By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to understand all topics taught in the course of the term

·        Guiding learners on how to convert revision

 

·        text books

·        charts

·        sample poems

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1

·        Head  start English book 1

·        New integrated English Book 1

·        Old  integrated English Book 1

·        Gateway secondary revision

 
13 MID YEAR EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENGLISH FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening and speaking comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage keenly

·        Answer questions from the passage

·        Demonstrate an understanding of the passage contents

·        Listening to the passage

·        Writing

·        Responding to the questions

·        Text books

·        Pre –reading activities

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 195

·        Teachers guide page 90

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 220

·        Head start English book 1 page 133

 
  2 ORAL SKILLS Pronunciation of the sounds /b/ , /k/, /p/, and /g/ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to correctly pronounce the initial consonant sounds i.e. /b/ , /k/, /p/, and /g/

·        Articulating the sounds /b/ , /k/, /p/, and /g/

·        Writing words with sounds /b/ , /k/, /p/, and /g/

·        Discussion

 

·        Audio tape

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 196-197

·        Teachers guide page 91

·        Gateway secondary revision page 1-4

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Using the dictionary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to get meanings from a dictionary

·        Reading and looking up words from a dictionary

·        Write meanings from a dictionary

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        charts

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 198

·        Teachers guide page 92

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 47

 
  4 READING Intensive reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to read a  passage

·        Answer questions from the passage

·        Reading

·        Discussion

·        Responding to the questions

·        Text books

·        Pre-reading activities

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 198

·        Teachers guide page 92

·        Gateway secondary revision page 37-38

 
  5 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Fill in the gaps in a passage using the appropriate vocabulary

·        Filling gaps

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        dictionary

·        Text books

·        Cross word puzzle

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 201

·        Teachers guide page 92

·        Gateway secondary revision page 111

 
  6 GRAMMER Prepositions of time movement and direction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the use of Prepositions of time movement and direction correctly

·        Reading

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Responding to the questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 201-203

·        Teachers guide page 93

·        Gateway secondary revision page 127

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 267

·        Head start English book 1 page 162

 
2 1 GRAMMER Prepositions with forms of transport By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to use Prepositions with forms of transport correctly in sentences

·        Filling in gaps

·        Writing

·        discussion

·        Responding to the questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 203-205

·        Teachers guide page 93

·        Gateway secondary revision page 127

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 267

·        Head start English book 1 page 162

 
  2 WRITING Creative writing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability of using creative writing to write poems

·        Reading

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Responding to the questions

·        Sample poems

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 207-208

·        Teachers guide page 93

·        Gateway secondary revision page 177-178

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a comprehension

·        Answers questions based on the comprehension

·        Listen to a passage

·        Discussion

·        Responding to the questions

·        Oral skills

·        Text books

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 209

·        Teachers guide page 94

·        Gateway secondary revision page 13

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 244

 
  4 ORAL SKILLS Pronunciation of /t/, /d/, /k/, and /r/ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Distinguish between /t/, /d/, /k/, and /r/ and pronounce them well

·        Listening to sounds /t/, /d/, /k/, and /r/

·        Articulating sounds

·        discussion

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Text books

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 215

·        Teachers guide page 95

·        Gateway secondary revision page 10

 
  5 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage

·        Respond to the questions asked from the passage

·        Reading passage

·        Discussion

·        Responding to the questions

·        Pre-reading activities

·        Text books

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 211-212

·        Teachers guide page 95

·        Gateway secondary revision page 10

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 232

 
  6 GRAMMER Coordinating convictions and or but By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify Coordinating convictions

·        Use them in sentences

·        Reading

·        Writing

·        Discussion

 

·        Pre-reading activities

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page

·        Teachers guide page 96-97

·        Gateway secondary revision page 128

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 204

·        Head start English book 1 page 148

 
3 1 WRITING Public notices By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to design a Public notice

·        Write Public notices

·        Reading

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Responding to the questions

·        Simple public notices

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 215-216

·        Teachers guide page 97

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 130

·        Head start English book 1 page 198

·        Gateway secondary revision page 180

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a poem

·        Fill in blanks with words from the poem

·        Listening to a poem

·        Responding to the questions

·        Writing

·        Discussion

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Text books

·        charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 217

·        Teachers guide page 97

·        Gateway secondary revision page 205

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Reciting poems By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Recite a poem and pay attention to the problematic sounds

·        Reading poems

·        Reciting poems

·        discussion

·        answering questions

·        Audio tapes

·        Text books

·        charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 217

·        Teachers guide page 97

·        Gateway secondary revision page 4

 
  4 STUDY SKILLS Summary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to summarize on a given issue

·        Reading a  passage

·        Writing a summary

·        Discussion

·        Responding to the questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Sample summaries

 

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 218-219

·        Teachers guide page 99

Gateway secondary revision page 42

 
  5 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage

·        Respond to questions asked from the passage

·        Reading passages

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Responding to the questions

·        Text books

Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 220-222

·        Teachers guide page 99

·        Gateway secondary revision page 71

 
  6 WORD STUDY BUILDING VOCABULARY By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify new words

·        Identify the meanings of the words

·        Reading vocabulary

·        Filling in gaps

·        Discussion

 

·        Dictionary

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 100

·        Teachers guide page 222

·        Gateway secondary revision page 71

 
4 1 GRAMMER Noun phrase By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify a noun phrase

·        Use it correctly in a sentence

 

·        Reading

·        Writing sentences

·        Discussion

 

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

 

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 223-224

·        Teachers guide page 100

·        Gateway secondary revision page 130

·        Head start English book 1 page 167

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 200

 
  2 WRITING Inventories By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to write an inventory

·        Reading

·        Discussion

·        Writing

 

·        Text books

·        An inventory

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 226

·        Teachers guide page 100

·        Gateway secondary revision page 180

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 157

·        Head start English book 1 page

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage

·        Answer questions from the passage

 

·        Speaking and listening to a passage

·        discussion

·        Responding to the questions

·        Audio tapes

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 227

·        Teachers guide page 100

·        Gateway secondary revision page 21-22

 
  4 GRAMMER Pronunciation of consonants /s/, /j/, /tƪ/ and /dȜ/ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to make a distinction between /s/, /j/, /tƪ/ and /dȜ/ and pronouncing them correctly

·        Listening to articulation of sounds

·        Writing words with the sounds

·        Discussion

 

 

·        Excerpts of a story

·        Charts

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 227

·        Teachers guide page 102

·        Gateway secondary revision page 1-4

 

 
  5 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read  a Comprehension

·        Answer  questions from the passage

 

·        Reading passages

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Responding to the questions

·        Pre-reading texts

·        Charts

·        Text books

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 229

·        Teachers guide page 102

·        Gateway secondary revision page 225

 

 
  6 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify new words

·        Infer meanings of the new words

 

 

·        Filling in gaps

·        Discussion

·        Reading new words

·        Writing

 

·        Charts

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 230

·        Teachers guide page 102

·        Gateway secondary revision page 225

 

 
5 1 GRAMMER Sentence structure subject and predicate By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify parts of a sentence and how they work

 

·        Reading sentences

·        Discussion

·        Responding to the questions

·        Writing

·        Charts

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 230-233

·        Teachers guide page 73103

·        Gateway secondary revision page 136

·        Head start English book 1 page

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 146

 
  2 WRITING Spelling rules

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Apply spelling rules and use them correctly

 

·        Reading the rules

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Responding to the questions

 

  ·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 238

·        Teachers guide page 103-104

·        Head start English book 1 page 13

·        New integrated English Book 1 page 84

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage

·        Respond to questions from the passage

·        Listening to passages

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Role playing

·        Audio

·        Text books

·

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 237

·        Teachers guide page 104

·        Gateway secondary revision page 218

 
  4 STUDY SKILLS Summary skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage and take notes

·        Write a summary

 

·        Read a passage

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Responding to the questions

 

·        Sample summary

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 236

·        Teachers guide page 105-106

·        Gateway secondary revision page 165-166

 
  5 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage

·        Respond to questions from the passage

·        Read a passage

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Responding to the questions

 

·        Text books

·        Pre-reading texts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 236-239

·        Teachers guide page 105-107

·        Gateway secondary revision page 62

 
  6 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify new words

·        Infer the meaning of the new words

·        Extend and consolidate a wide range of vocabulary

·        Filling in gaps

·        Discussion

·        Writing new words

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 239

·        Teachers guide page 105-107

·        Gateway secondary revision page 134

 
6 1 GRAMMER Types of sentences

 

declarative sentences

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify declarative sentences

·        Construct declarative sentences

 

·        Reading declarative sentences

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Responding to questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 240

·        Teachers guide page 107

·        Gateway secondary revision page 134

·        Head start English book 1 page 181

 
  2 GRAMMER Types of sentences

 

Negative sentences

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify Negative sentences

 

·        Reading Negative sentences

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Responding to questions

·        Flash cards

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 240-241

·        Teachers guide page 107

·        Gateway secondary revision page 135

·        Head start English book 1 page 181

 
  3 WRITING Packing lists By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Make packing lists using the correct layout and language

 

·        Reading notes

·        Discussion

·        Writing a packing list

·        Responding to questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Simple pack lists

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 241-242

·        Teachers guide page 108

·        Gateway secondary revision page 162-163

 
  4 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage

·        Identify features of trickster stories

 

·        Listening to a passage

·        Discussion

·        Responding to questions

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 243

·        Teachers guide page 108-109

·        Gateway secondary revision page 235

 
  5 ORAL SKILLS pronunciation of consonants /f/, /v/, and  /w/ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Distinguish the sounds /f/, /v/, and  /w/ and identify words which contain this sounds

 

·        Writing words with the sounds

·        Listening to the pronunciation

·        Discussion

·        Responding to questions

·        Pre-reading activities

·        Text books

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 244-245

·        Teachers guide page 110

·        Gateway secondary revision page 37-39

 
  6 READING Intensive reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage and respond to it

 

·        Reading a passage

·        Discussion

·        writing

·        answering questions

  ·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 244-245

·        Teachers guide page 109-110

·        Gateway secondary revision page 37-39

 
7 1 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify new words

·        Infer the meanings of the new words

·        Extend and consolidate a wide range of vocabulary

 

·        Reading new words

·        Constructing sentences

·        Discussion

·        Responding to questions

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page246

·        Teachers guide page 110

 
  2 GRAMMER Types of sentences

 

Interrogative sentences

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify interrogatives

·        Construct interrogative sentences

·        Discussion

·        Constructing sentences

·        Reading interrogative sentences

·

·        Responding to questions

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 246-247

·        Teachers guide page 108

·        Gateway secondary revision page 134

 
  3 GRAMMER Types of sentences

 

Question tags

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Form question tags from sentence that are both negative and negative

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Form question tags

·        Responding to questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 247-248

·        Teachers guide page 111

·        Gateway secondary revision page 133

 
  4 WRITING Imaginative compositions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify parts of an imaginative composition and write an imaginative composition

·        Discussion

·        Writing an imaginative composition

Responding to questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 250-251

·        Teachers guide page 111

·        Gateway secondary revision page 177

 

 
  5 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listening to a passage

·        Respond to questions from the passage

·        Listening to passage

·        Discussion

·        Writing answers

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Text books

·

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 252

·        Teachers guide page 111-112

 

 
  6 DEBATE Features of a debate By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the features of a good debate and hold a debate session in class

 

·        Listening to the participants

·        Writing notes

·        Responding to questions

 

·        Pictures

·        video tapes

·        Text books

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 252

·        Teachers guide page 112

 

 
8 1 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read  passage no ‘555’

·         Demonstrate an understanding of the passage

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussion

·        Writing answers

·        Responding to questions

 

·        Pre – reading activities

·        Text books

 

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 252-256

·        Teachers guide page 112-113

·        Gateway secondary revision page 193

 

 
  2 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify new words

·        Infer the meaning

·        Extend and consolidate a wide range of vocabulary

·        Filling in the gaps

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·         Responding to questions

 

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 256

·        Teachers guide page 113

·        Gateway secondary revision page 193

 

 
  3 GRAMMER Imperatives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the use of imperative sentences correctly

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Responding to questions

 

·        Flash cards

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 256-257

·        Teachers guide page 113

·        Gateway secondary revision page 134

 
  4 GRAMMER Exclamation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the use of exclamations correctly

·        Reading

·        Discussion

·        Writing an exclamations

·        Responding to questions

 

·        Flash cards

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 171-172

·        Teachers guide page 82

·        Gateway secondary revision page 167-168

·        Head start English book 1 page 183

 
  5 GRAMMER Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage

·        Respond to questions from the passage

·        Listening to the passage

·        Writing answers to the passage

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Excerpts of passages

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 257-258

·        Teachers guide page 113

·        Gateway secondary revision page 134

·        Head start English book 1 page 203

·        New integrated English Book 1 page

 
  6 WRITING Creative writing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to use creative skills to write an essay

·        Reading notes on essays

·        Discussion

·        Writing creative essays

 

·        Text books

·        Sample essays

·        Charts

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 260

·        Teachers guide page 114

·        Gateway secondary revision page 177

 
9 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING

(TESTING)

Listening and speaking (comprehension) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the features of a trickster story

·        Listening to a

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Responding to questions

 

·        Text books

·        Pictures

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page  261

·        Teachers guide page 114-115

·        Gateway secondary revision page 18-21

 
  2 WORD STUDY

(TESTING)

Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use a wide range of vocabulary to fill in gaps and construct sentences

·        Filling in gaps

·        Constructing sentences

·        Discussion

·        Writing

 

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 261

·        Teachers guide page 115

 

 
  3 READING

(TESTING)

Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage

·        Respond to questions from the passage

·        Reading a passage

·        Writing answers to the passage

·        Text books

·        Pre-reading excerpts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 262-264

·        Teachers guide page 115

·        Gateway secondary revision page 61

 
  4 WRITING

(TESTING)

Inventory form By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to design an inventory form and correctly fill it

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Responding to questions

 

·        Text books

·        Sample inventory forms

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 265

·        Teachers guide page 116

·        Gateway secondary revision page 180

·        New  integrated English book 1 page 157

 
  5 GRAMMER Prepositions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify prepositions and use them to fill in gaps in sentences

·        Gap filling

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Responding to questions

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 265

·        Teachers guide page 116

·        Gateway secondary revision page 127

·        Head start English book 1 page 162

·        New  integrated English book 1 page 267

 
  6 WRITING

(TESTING)

Packing list By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Design a packing list

·        Write a packing list

·        Discussion

·        Reading

 

·        Text books

·        Sample packing lists

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 265

·        Teachers guide page 116

·        Gateway secondary revision page 162

 
10 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a myth

·        Respond to questions correctly

·        Discuss feature of myths

·        Listening myths

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        responding to questions asked

·        pictures

·        Text books

·        Pre – Listening activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page

·        Teachers guide page 15

·        Gateway secondary revision page 13

 
  2 READING Library hour By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a short story

·        Give a summary of its contents

·        Reading library books

·        Writing a summary

·        Discussion

·        Short story reading

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        library collection

 

 
  3  & 4 GRAMMER Parts of speech By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        identify Parts of speech from a group of words

·        use v correctly in sentences

·        gap filling

·        discussion

·        Reading

·        Writing

·        Responding to questions

·        Constructing sentences

·        Flash cards

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 7

·        Teachers guide page 21

 

 
  5 WRITING Punctuating;

 

Quotation marks

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to use both single and double quotation marks

·        Discussion

·        Reading notes

·        Writing sentences

·        responding to questions

·        charts

·        Text books

·        Simple sentences

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 8

·        Teachers guide page 24

·        Gateway secondary revision page 151

 

 
  6 WORD STUDY Personification By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the use of personification in a given passage

·        Reading a passage

·        Discussing the use of personification

·        Writing

·        responding to questions

·        stories

·        text book

·        charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 7

·        Teachers guide page 21

·        Gateway secondary revision page 51

 
11 1 REVISION Imaginative composition By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Do revision with ease in preparation for the examinations

       
12 REVISION AND END  YEAR EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENGLISH FORM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the comprehension ‘Mbeere childbirth’ and respond to the questions

 

·        Listening to the comprehension

·        Speaking about ‘Mbeere childbirth’

·        Pre-listening activity ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 10

·        Teachers Book page 24

·        New integrated English Book 2 page 105

·        Teachers Book page 67

 
  2 ORAL SKILLS Intonation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Employ accurate use of intonation as a speaking skill

·        Speaking to bring out stress in words

·        Reading words

 

·        Audio tape

·        Oral drills

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 11

·        Teachers Book page 26

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 10

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Studying a novel By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the elements of studying a novel

·        Discussing the elements in a novel

·        Reading a chapter in a novel

·        Class readers ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 12

·        Teachers Book page 27

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 43

 
  4 READING Reading a comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the understanding of the passage ‘drug abuse’

·        Reading Comprehension

·        Discussing the effects of drug abuse

·        Pre-reading activity ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 13-15

·        Teachers Book page 27

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 55

 
  5 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the meaning of words and be able to use them correctly

·        Filling gaps

·        Gap filling

·        Discussing the vocabulary

·        dictionary

·        dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 15

·        Teachers Book page 28

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 9

 
  6 GRAMMAR Collective noun By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the collective nouns correctly

·        Discussing the collective nouns ·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 16-17

·        Teachers Book page 29

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 75

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 6

 
2 1 WRITING Punctuation marks – hyphen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to use the hyphen correctly

·        Discussing the use of punctuation marks

·        Writing sentences with punctuation marks

·        Sample sentences

 

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 17-18

·        Teachers Book page 29

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 151

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 84

·        Teachers Book page 58

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the understanding of listening comprehension “thunder and gods’

·        Highlight different meanings of difficult words

·        Attempt any exercise on listening and speaking when given

·        Listening comprehension

·        Speaking about the thunder and gods

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 19

·        Teachers Book page 30-31

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 57

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 13

·        Teachers Book page 12

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Studying a play By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Understand where to write the speakers, the interlocutors i.e. in the left hand side of the page

·        To understand that colons are used to separate the speaker from the dialogue

·        Discussing plays

·        Dramatizing plays

·        Excerpts of plays

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 19-21

·        Teachers Book page 31

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 44

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 129

·        Teachers Book page 76

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the understanding of the passage ‘thieves’ by responding to questions

·        Understanding all the vocabularies used in the passage hence use them in different sentences

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Writing answers

 

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 31-32

·        Teachers Book page 35-36

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 193

 

 
  5 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use given words from the passage to fill in a crossword puzzle

·        Gap filling ·        Crossword puzzle

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 24

·        Teachers Book page 32

 

 
  6 GRAMMAR Compound nouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to form compound words from a given list of words

·        Discussing the formation of compound nouns

·        Writing compound nouns

 

·        Sample compound nouns ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 25-26

·        Teachers Book page 32

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 75

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 100

·        Teachers Book page 63

 
3 1 WRITING Punctuation marks – apostrophe By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Tell the different use of an apostrophe when asked to do so

·        Show the symbol of n apostrophe (‘)

·        Discussing the use of punctuation marks

·        Writing sentences

·        charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 27-28

·        Teachers Book page 33

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 152

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 145

·        Teachers Book page 89

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen and respond to questions in the story ‘Ngulamu and the water pump’

·        Listening comprehension

·        Discussing oral questions

 

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 29

·        Teachers Book page 34

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 29

·        Teachers Book page 26

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Telephone etiquette By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate awareness of Telephone etiquette

·        Conduct s telephone conversation using etiquette

·        Listening  to a conversation

·        Discussing the Telephone etiquette

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 30-31

·        Teachers Book page 34-35

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 201

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 13

·        Teachers Book page 12

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the understanding of the passage ‘thieves’ by responding to questions

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Writing answers

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 31-32

·        Teachers Book page 35-36

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 193

 

 
  5 GRAMMAR Phrasal quantifiers By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the knowledge of  Phrasal quantifiers

·        Discussing

·        Writing Phrasal quantifiers

 

·        charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 33

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 79

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 7

·        Teachers Book page 6

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 27

 
  6 WRITING Using figurative language By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to use figurative language in writing or speaking

·        Discussing the use of figurative language

·        Writing paragraphs with

·        Resource person

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 34

·        Teachers Book page37

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 211

 
4 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate comprehension of the oral narrative ‘the fall of kaplongo’le’ by responding to questions asked

·        Point out characteristics of oral narratives

·        Give the lesson learnt from the oral narrative

 

·        Listening comprehension

·        Discussing oral narratives

 

Excerpts of stories

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 36-37

·        Teachers Book page 39

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 216

·        Teachers Book page 130

 

 
  2 ORAL SKILLS Pronunciation of /p/ and /b/ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Practice and correctly pronounce /p/ and /b/

·        Give different examples of words that have /p/ and /b/  pronunciation

Listening to the sounds /p/ and /b/ ·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 36-37

·        Teachers Book page 39

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4

 

 
  3 READING Reading  comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage ‘the greedy nyaga’ and respond to the questions given

 

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Writing answers

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 38-40

·        Teachers Book page 40

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 60

 
  4 GRAMMAR Possessives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify possessives correctly in sentences

·        Identify various uses of possessive forms

Reading notes about possessives

Gap filling

·        Charts

·

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 40-41

·        Teachers Book page 41

Gateway secondary revision book page 87

 
  5 GRAMMAR Number  and pronouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate ability to understand use of number and pronouns correctly

 

·        Reading sentences

·        Discussing different types of pronouns

·        Writing sentences using pronouns

·        Sample sentences

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 41-42

·        Teachers guide page 41

·        Gateway secondary revision page 93

 

 
  6 WRTITING Invitation letters By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Write invitation letters using the correct format

 

·        Reading letters

·        Writing invitation letters

·        Sample letters

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 43

·        Teachers guide page 41

·        Gateway secondary revision page 183

 

 
5 1 LITSENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate comprehension of an oral poem ‘bringing up a good child’ by responding to questions from it

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing questions

·        Writing answers

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 44

·        Teachers Book page 42

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 57

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Group discussion application

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Talk about the role of the society in shaping a child’s behavior

·        Discussing in groups the role of the society in shaping a child’s behavior

 

Video tapes ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 44-45

·        Teachers Book page 43

·

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the understanding of the

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing the questions gives

·        Writing answers

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 49

·        Teachers Book page 44

·        Gateway secondary revision book page

 
  4 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • give the meanings of words and use them to write sentences
  • know the spellings of each of the vocabulary words learned
  • apply the vocabulary learned in class in normal day life situations
·        reading vocabulary

·        discussing the meanings of new words

 

·        dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 49

·        Teachers Book page 44

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 111-112

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 201

 

 
  5 GRAMMAR Personal pronouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the use of Personal pronouns correctly

·        Gap filling

 

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 49-50

·        Teachers Book page 45

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 85-86

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 22

·        Teachers Book page 13

 
  6 WRITING Summary writing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Practice the skill of Summary writing

·        Reading a passage

·        Writing a summary

·        Excerpts of summaries

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 51

·        Teachers Book page 45-46

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 42

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 103

 
6 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Features of a legend By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a legend on Luanda Magere and respond to given questions

·        Identify features of a legend

 

·        Listening to legends

·        Discussing features of legends

·        Resource person

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 54

·        Teachers Book page 46-48

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 13

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 216

·        Teachers Book page 130

 
  2 ORAL SKILLS Pronunciation of sounds /t/ and /d/ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Pronounce the sounds /t/ and /d/ correctly

·        Identify words with /t/ and /d/ pronunciation

·        Answer questions with /t/ and /d/ when given to attempt

·        Listening to the sounds /t/ and /d/

·        Articulating the sounds

·        Audio tape

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 55

·        Teachers Book page 49

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4

 

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Note taking By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Take notes effectively using content words

 

·        Reading a passage

·        Discussing steps in note taking

·        Note taking

·        Pre-listening skills

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 55-56

·        Teachers Book page 46-47

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 42-43

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage ‘the forgotten house’ and respond to a given question’

 

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing the given question

·        Writing new words

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 56-57

·        Teachers Book page 50

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 215

 
  5 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Study words from a comprehension and use them in sentences

·        Know the spellings of each of the vocabulary words learned

·        Apply the vocabulary learned in class in their normal day communication

 

·        Discussing meanings of new words

·        Writing new words

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 57-58

·        Teachers Book page 50

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 205

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 258

·        Teachers Book page 65

 

 
  6 GRAMMAR Infinite pronouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify Infinite pronouns and use them correctly in sentences

·        Answer any exercise given on Infinite pronouns

·        Dive examples of Infinite pronouns

 

·        Reading notes in the text books

·        Discussing the use of pronouns

·        Writing sentences

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 58-59

·        Teachers Book page 51

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 88-89

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 25

·        Teachers Book page 13

·        Excelling in English students book page 57-58

 
7 1 GRAMMAR Indefinite pronouns with possessive case By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Identify Indefinite pronouns and give their  possessive case

·        Identify Indefinite pronouns in a sentence using Indefinite pronouns with possessive case ·        charts

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 61-62

·        Teachers Book page 51

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 88-89

 
  2 WRITING Descriptive writing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the language used in a descriptive paragraph based on sight

·        Use different skills in order to make his/her work as interesting as possible

·        Use adjectives to describe objects and subjects

·        Discussing

·        Writing a descriptive passage

·        Sample composition

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 62-63

·        Teachers Book page 52

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 167

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 261-263

·        Teachers Book page 154

·        Excelling in English students book page 50

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage and respond to questions based on ‘micro computers’

·        Listen to the stress and intonation

·        Ask any questions for clarification

·        Listening comprehension

·        Speaking about micro computers

·        Role playing

·        Charts

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 64-66

·        Teachers Book page 53-54

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 62-63

 

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage ‘the naughty boys’ and respond to the questions

Reading a passage

Discussing the questions

Writing new vocabulary

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 65-67

·        Teachers Book page 56

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 62-63

 

 
  5 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the meanings of words used in a passage  and write a sentence using them

·        Discussion on the meaning of a vocabulary

·        Writing the meaning of a vocabulary

 

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 68

·        Teachers Book page 57

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 63

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 256

 
  6 GRAMMAR Primary auxiliary verbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Identify Primary auxiliary verbs and use them correctly in sentences

·        Discussing the use of verbs in sentences

·        Writing and identifying verbs in a passage

 

·        Flash cards

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 68-714

·        Teachers Book page 57-58

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 96-97

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 90-91

·        Teachers Book page 62

 
8 1 WRITING Descriptive writing: sense of smell By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify features of descriptive composition and write appealing to sense of smell

·        Reading notes about sense of smell

·        Writing a descriptive composition

·        Sample paragraphs

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 71

·        Teachers Book page 59

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 167

Excelling in English students book page 60

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage on myth of origin and answer the questions correctly

·        Identify features of myths shown in the passage

·        Listening comprehension

·        Discussing the features of myths

·        Writing down notes about myths

 

·        Sample paragraphs

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 72

·        Teachers Book page 60

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 13

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 89

·        Teachers Book page 37

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Group discussion and application By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Study idiomatic expressions used in the passage and use them correctly in sentences

·        Reading idiomatic expressions

·        Discussing the use of idiomatic expressions

·        Writing idiomatic expressions

 

·        Video tape

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 72

·        Teachers Book page 61

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 64-66

 
  4 READING Interpretive reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage carefully and respond to the questions from it

·        Obey where stress and intonation is laced

·        Apply the vocabulary words learnt from the passage in their normal life situation

·        Reading a passage

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 73-75

·        Teachers Book page 61-62

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 64-66

 
  5 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage ‘the brave girl’  and respond to questions based on it

·        Reading comprehension in the question in the text book ·        Pre-reading activities ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 75-76

·        Teachers Book page 62

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 38-39

 
  6 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Study words from the passage and write sentence using them

·        Reading vocabulary

·        Writing sentences using new vocabulary

 

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 76-77

·        Teachers Book page 63

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 55

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 295

 
9 1 GRAMMAR Modal auxiliaries By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify Modal auxiliaries and use them correctly in sentences

·        Listening to the explanation

·        Discussing Modal auxiliaries

·        Writing sentences

·        Using Modal auxiliaries

·        Sample sentences

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 77-81

·        Teachers Book page 61

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 98-101

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 273-275

·        Teachers Book page 163

·        Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 67

 
  2 ORAL SKILLS Uses of auxiliary verbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Enhance oral skills by reading a dialogue and then identifying auxiliary verbs    from it

Role playing

Reading the use of auxiliary verbs

·        Excerpts from dialogue

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 82

·        Teachers Book page 64

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 96-101

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 69-80

 
  3 WRITING Descriptive writing

 

Sense of touch

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to use sense of touch as a basis of writing composition

·        Discussing the sense of touch

·        Writing a composition

·        Sample paragraphs

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 83

·        Teachers Book page 64

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 167

 
  4 LISTENING AND SPEAKING (TEST) Speaking skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to pronounce the sounds /b/, /p/, /t/ and /d/ correctly

·        Speaking to improve their oral skills

·        Gap filling

 

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 84-85

·        Teachers Book page 65

·        Gateway secondary revision book page

 
  5 STUDY SKILLS Interview By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to be involved in role play

·        Role playing what happens in an interview ·        Video tape

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 85-86

·        Teachers Book page 66

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 150

 
  6 READING reading  comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the understanding of the poem ‘superstition’ and respond to questions on it

·        Reading poems

·        Writing short poems

 

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 86

·        Teachers guide page 66

·        Gateway secondary revision page 49

 
10 1 READING reading  comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate comprehension of the passage ‘the boy Amadu’ and respond to questions

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing the comprehension question

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 88-90

·        Teachers guide page 68

·        Gateway secondary revision page 215-216

 
  2 GRAMMAR Compound nouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify compound nouns and use them to fill in gaps

·        Change a compound noun from singular to plural

·        From a compound noun on his/her own

·        Answer any question on compound nouns

·        Give examples of compound nouns

·        Gap filling ·        Flash cards

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 90-92

·        Teachers Book page 70

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 75

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 100

·        Teachers Book page 63

·        Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 8

 
  3 WRITING Punctuation marks

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use apostrophe, quotation marks and hyphen appropriately

·         Identify the symbols of apostrophe(‘), quotation marks (‘ ’) and hyphen (-)

·        Answer any question touching apostrophe, quotation marks and hyphen

·        Reading about punctuation marks

·        Gap filling

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 92

·        Teachers Book page 70

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 149

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 145,212,89

·        Teachers Book page 46,58,89

·        Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 39

 
  4 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the passage ‘the Arinkon’ and answer the questions correctly

·        Listen to comprehension

·         Writing answers to comprehension questions

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 94

·        Teachers guide page 71-74

 

 
  5 STUDY SKILLS Group discussion and application By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Take notes on the problems the maasai faced in fulfilling the conditions and answer the questions correctly

·        Discussing the problems facing the Maasai

·        Reading a passage

· ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 94

·        Teachers Book page 71-74

 
  6 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the comprehension ‘corruption’ and respond to the questions asked correctly

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing the effects of corruption

·        Writing answers to the comprehension questions

·        Pre-reading activities ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 95-97

·        Teachers Book page 75-76

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 218-219

 
11 1 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify usage of figurative language and use it correctly in sentences

·        Discussing the use of figurative language

·        Writing a sentence using learnt vocabulary

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 98

·        Teachers Book page 76

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 207

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 295

 
  2 GRAMMAR Modal auxiliary verbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify Modal auxiliary verbs and  use them in sentences

·        Reading teachers notes

·        Discussing the position of Modal auxiliaries in sentences

·        Gap filling

·        Sample sentences ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 98

·        Teachers Book page 76

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 207

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 295

 
  3 WRITING Descriptive writing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify sense of taste to descriptive writing and write a paragraph based on sense of taste

·        Write a descriptive based on sense of taste ·        Sample paragraphs ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 102

·        Teachers Book page 77

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 167

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 261-263

·        Teachers Book page 154

 
  4 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening to a song (lullaby) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a lullaby and answer questions correctly

·        Listening to a lullaby

·        Discussing the functions of a lullaby

·        Audio-tape ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 104

·        Teachers Book page 77-79

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 27

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 121

·        Teachers Book page 84

 
  5 STUDY SKILLS Using the library By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the departments in a library and their uses

·        Discussing how to use catalogues in a library ·        Catalogue ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 105-107

·        Teachers Book page 79

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 27

 
  6 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage ‘democracy’ and respond to questions based on it

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing questions

·        Pre-reading activities ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 107-109

·        Teachers Book page 79 -86

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 206-207

 
12   REVISION  
  • By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Revise the terms work
· · ·        Advancing in English Book 2

·        Gateway secondary revision

·        New integrated English book 2

·        Excelling in English book 2

 
  END OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENGLISH FORM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Consolidate a number of vocabulary and use it in sentences correctly

·        Reading vocabulary

·        Discussing ways of consolidating the vocabulary

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 109

·        Teachers Book page 80

 
  2 GRAMMAR Perfective aspect By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify Perfective aspect and use it correctly in sentences

·        Gap filling

·        Discussing the use of Perfective aspect

 

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 110-113

·        Teachers Book page 80

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 105

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 259

·        Teachers Book page

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 79

 
  3 WRITING Descriptive writing

 

Sense of hearing

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the importance of sense of hearing in descriptive writing and write a paragraph based on it

·        Reading a descriptive essay

·        Discussing the importance of the sense of hearing

·        Writing a descriptive essay

·        Sample paragraph ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 114

·        Teachers Book page 81

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 167

 
  4 LISTENING AND READING Listening  comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a dialogue and discuss issues raised from it

·        Reading dialogue

·        Discussing the issues raised in the dialogue

·        Audio-tape ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 116

·        Teachers Book page 82

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 217-218

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 129

·        Teachers Book page 76

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 103

 
  5  STUDY SKILLS Studying a poem By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read and show understanding of a given poem ‘the dawn’

·        Show the aspects of poem i.e. styles, themes, persona, rhyme & rhythm, mood & tone

·        Answer any question on poetry

·        Reading poems

·        Discussing issues raised in the poem

·        Notes on east African poetry by Austin Bukenya

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 117

·        Teachers Book page 83

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 218-219

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 107

·        Teachers Book page 67

 
  6 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a given passage ‘the nursing interview’

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Writing answers to the questions

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 119-120

·        Teachers Book page 84

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 236

 
2 1 GRAMMAR Progressive aspect By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the correct forms of  progressive aspect and use them in sentences

·        Gap filling ·        Flash cards

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 122

·        Teachers Book page 85-86

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 105-106

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 81

·        Teachers Book page 48

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 90

 
  2 WRITING Writing a poem By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to write short poems on familiar topics such as nature

·        Reading notes about writing poems

·        Writing poems

·        Sample poems

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 123

·        Teachers Book page 86

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 111

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 178

·        Teachers Book page 101

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the poem ‘come my mother’s sen’ and state the society’s expectation of boys and girls according to the poem

·        Listening to poems

·        Discussing the society’s expectation of boys and girls according to the poem

·        Audio-tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 125

·        Teachers Book page 87

 

 
  4 STUDY SKILLS Use a library By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read given books and demonstrate ability of comprehension

·        Write all the books in the library

·        Reading library books

 

·        Readers

 

·        Library books

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 33, 43

 

 
  5 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage ‘equality in education’ and respond to questions based on it

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 125-127

·        Teachers Book page 86

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 39

 

 
  6 ORAL SKILLS Reading aloud By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the poem ‘come, my mother’s sons and use gestures and intonation to add meaning to it

·        Read the words correctly obeying the punctuation marks

·        Lay stress on words where necessary

·        Answer any questions give to him/her to attempt

·        Understand all the vocabulary words used in the lesson

·        Reading a poem aloud

·        Discussing the use of  gesture

 

·        Reading excerpts ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 125

·        Teachers Book page 87

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 37

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 172

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 52

 

 
3 1 GRAMMAR Future time By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the different ways of expressing Future time and use them correctly in sentences

·        Reading notes

·        Discussing the Future time

·        Sample sentences

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 127

·        Teachers Book page 89-90

·        Gateway secondary revision book page

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 33

·        Teachers Book page 19

 
  2 WRITING Double consonants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify spelling and use them correctly in sentences

·        Identify the examples of double consonants e.g. ∫, ө

·        Reading notes and spelling rules

·        Gap filling

 

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 129

·        Teachers Book page

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 76

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 114

·        Teachers Book page 72

 
  3 ORAL SKILLS Silent letters By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify silent letters in given words

·        Reading silent letters

·        Gap filling

·        Spelling drill

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 130

·        Teachers Book page 89

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 33, 43

 
  4 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the passage ‘I use my hands’ and show a better understanding of the hearing impaired

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing the use of sign language

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 113

·        Teachers Book page 90-91

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 55

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 52

·        Teachers Book page 34

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 172

 
  5 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate understanding of the passage ‘social disease’ by responding to the questions from it

·        Reading comprehension

·        Writing new words

 

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 133-135

·        Teachers Book page

94-95

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 37-39

 

 
  6 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Consolidate vocabulary by inferring their meaning and using them correctly in sentences

·        Reading new words

·        Discussing the meaning of new words

·        Writing

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 135-136

·        Teachers Book page95

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 32

·        Teachers Book page 17

 
4 1 GRAMMAR Order of adjectives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the order of adjectives and use them correctly in sentences

 

·        Reading a list of adjectives

·        Writing sentences with adjectives in their correct order

 

·        Charts

·        Sample sentences

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 136-137

·        Teachers Book page 96

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 121-122

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 121-122

·        Teachers Book page 69

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 126

 
  2 WRITING Paragraph development

 

Giving reasons

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Develop concise paragraphs and give reasons in a paragraph

Discussing how to write a cohesive paragraph

Writing a paragraph

·        Sample paragraph

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 138

·        Teachers Book page 96

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 158-159

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 156

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 127

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the passage ‘the origin of ‘Edi festival’ and respond to questions from it

 

·        Listen to a passage

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Audio tape

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 140

·        Teachers Book page 98

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 26

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Reading the passage ‘eye contact’ and demonstrate its understanding by responding to questions

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing and demonstrating

·        The use of eye contact

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 141-143

·        Teachers Book page 100

Gateway secondary revision book page 70

 
  5 USE OF LIBRARY Extensive reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read given texts from the library

 

·        Reading library books

·        Writing summaries

·        Readers

 

·        Library books

 

 
  6 WRTITING Dialogue By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write a dialogue using the correct format

 

·        Reading dialogue

·        Discussing the issues in the dialogue

·        Writing dialogue

·        Excerpts of dialogue

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 145

·        Teachers guide page 102

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 103

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 129

·        Teachers guide page 72

 
5 1 GRAMMAR Adverbs of place By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify and use adverbs of place correctly in sentences

·        Gap filling ·        Flash cards

 

·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 143-145

·        Teachers guide page 101-102

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 123

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 135

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 211

·        Teachers guide page 86

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the narrative ‘The Origin of death’ and identify features of a myth

·        Listening comprehension

·        Discussing myths

·        Writing features of myths

 

Sample myths ·        Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 146

·        Teachers guide page 103-104

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 13

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 89

·        Teachers guide page 54

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Bowing and curtsying By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Bow and curtsy appropriately

·        Role playing

(curtsy and bowing )

·        Resource person

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 146-148

·        Teachers Book page 104-105

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 203

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage ‘karanja the bully’ and respond to the questions
·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Writing answers to questions

 

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 148-149

·        Teachers Book page 105-106

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 235

 
  5 GRAMMAR Comparative and superlative forms of adverbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use adverbs correctly in their correct form

·        Gap filling

 

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 150-151

·        Teachers Book page 106

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 130

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 134

·        Teachers Book page 69

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 145

 
  6 WRITING Personal journals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write a Personal journal using the correct format

·        Reading notes about Personal journal

·        Discussing the format of a Personal journal

·        Writing Personal journals

 

·        Sample journals

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 153

·        Teachers Book page 107

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 27-28

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 120

·        Teachers Book page 71

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 179

 
6 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Hold a class debate on ‘it is better to  be circumcised at home’

 

·        Discussing the effects of circumcision at home ·        Video tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 153

 

 
  2 STUDY  SKILLS Class debates By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Hold a class debate on ‘it is better to be circumcised at home than in the hospital’

·        Discussing the effects of circumcision  at home and in the hospital ·        Video – tape

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 153

·        Teachers Book page 107

 

 
  3 ORAL SKILLS Pronunciation of /ᴣ:/ and /ᴧ / By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Pronounce the sounds /ᴣ:/ and /ᴧ / correctly

·        Attempt any exercise touching on /ᴣ:/ and /ᴧ /pronunciation

·        Reading a passage

·        Discussing how to articulate the given sounds

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 153

·        Teachers Book page 108

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4

 
  4 USE OF THE LIBRARY Encyclopedia By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define a card catalogue and give its uses

·        Name the books found in the library

·        Define an encyclopedia

·        Reading library books

·        Discussing getting information from an encyclopedia

 

·        Encyclopedia

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 154

·        Teachers Book page 108

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 33 and 43

 
  5 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate understanding of the passage ‘Nandu the village newspaper’ by responding to questions

·        Reading comprehension

·        Writing answers to the passage

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 155-157

·        Teachers Book page 108-109

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 64

 

 
  6 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Consolidate vocabulary by matching words with their equivalents in meaning

 

·        Reading vocabulary

·        matching words with their equivalents in meaning

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 158

·        Teachers Book page 109

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 64

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 256

 
7 1 GRAMMAR Subordinating conjunctions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify Subordinating conjunctions  and use them correctly in sentences

·        Gap filling ·        Flash cards

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 158-160

·        Teachers Book page 110

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 128-129

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 194

·        Teachers Book page 112

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 33 and 168

 
  2 WRITING Shopping lists By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write a shopping list using the correct format

·        Reading a shopping list

·        Discussing

·        Writing a shopping list

·        Sample shopping lists

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 160-163

·        Teachers Book page 111

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 163

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 214

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Respond to questions on work songs

·        Understand the content of songs

·        Listening comprehension

·        Discussing the importance of songs

·        Singing a song

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 164

·        Teachers Book page 111

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 29-30

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 121

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page  96

 
  4 STUDY SKILLS Group discussion and application By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify work songs from their community and sing in class

·        Singing in class

·        Discussing in groups

·        Identify work song

·        Audio tape

·        Resource person

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 164

·        Teachers Book page 113

·        Gateway secondary revision book page

 
  5 ORAL SKILLS Pronunciation /ei/ and /e/ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Pronounce the sounds /ei/ and /e/ correctly

·        Listening to the sounds

·        Articulating the sounds

·        Writing the words with the sounds

 

·        Dictionary

·        Pronunciation skills

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 165

·        Teachers Book page 57112-113

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4

 
  6 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate comprehension of the passage ‘the picnic’ by responding correctly to the questions asked on it

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Writing answers to comprehension questions

 

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 165-168

·        Teachers Book page 113

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 225

 

 
8 1 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Infer the meanings of words correctly and use them correctly in sentences

·        Reading a passage

·        Discussing the meaning of words

·        Writing new words

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 168

·        Teachers Book page 113

 

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Debate By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Hold a class debate on ‘many mistakes that young people make in life as a result of peers’

·        Discussing the mistakes that young people make in life ·        Video tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 168

·        Teachers Book page 113

 

 
  3 GRAMMAR Modal auxiliary verbs ‘ought’, ‘must’ and ‘need’ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate understanding of the uses of auxiliary verbs ‘ought’, ‘must’ and ‘need’ in sentences

·        Gap filling

·        Reading notes on auxiliary verbs ‘ought’, ‘must’ and ‘need’

 

·        Sample sentences

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 169

·        Teachers Book page 114

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 96

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 215-282

·        Teachers Book page 163

 
  4 WRITING Making posters By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to design a poster

·        Demonstrate the importance of posters

·        Demonstrate the occasions where posters can be used

·        Writing posters

·        Discussing what o include in  a poster

·        Sample poster

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 171-172

·        Teachers Book page 114

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 183

·        New integrated English book 2

·        Teachers Book page 65

·        Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 158

 
  5 USE OF THE LIBRARY Extensive reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to use   a library well

·        Be able to locate different books and other materials within the library

·        Reading library books

·        Discussing the stories and read from the library books

·        Readers ·        Library books  
  6 LISTENING AND SPEAKING (TEST) Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate oral skills by pronouncing the sounds /e/ and /ei/ as they read a poem

·        Use the sound in their own poetry composition

·        Reading words with sounds /e/ and /ei/

·        Listening to a poem

 

·        Readers ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 173

·        Teachers Book page 115

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4

 

 
9 1 STUDY SKILLS (TEST) Note-making By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage ‘the effects of gossip’ and respond to questions based on it

·        Decipher major points from the passage

·        Make own notes using the appropriate symbols i.e. hyphen (-) numbers (i) or 2. Dash (-) bulleting (•)

·        Reading passage

·        Writing notes

·        Chalk board

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 174

·        Teachers Book page 116

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 42

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 193

·        Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 106

 
  2 READING (TEST) Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage and demonstrate understanding of its contents

·        Answer any questions based on the passage

·        Reading comprehension

·        Writing correct answers to the questions

· ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 176

·        Teachers Book page 116

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 58-59

 

 
  3 WORD STUDY Vocabulary test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify meaning of words and use them to fill in gaps in sentences

·        Gap filling ·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 176-180

·        Teachers Book page 116-117

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 58-59

 
  4 WRITING (TEST) Personal journal By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write a personal journal using the correct format

·        Writing a personal journal

 

·        Sample of a personal journal

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 180

·        Teachers Book page 118

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 163

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 120

·        Teachers Book page 71

·        Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 179

 
  5 WRITING (TEST) Paragraphs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write coherent paragraphs and show variety of sentences

·        Writing paragraphs · ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 180

·        Teachers Book page 118

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 158

 
  6 GRAMMAR (TEST) Minimal pairs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate knowledge of Minimal pairs    by choosing the correct word to fill in the gaps

·        Gap filling

 

· ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 181

·        Teachers guide page 66

·        Gateway secondary revision page 118

 
10 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the functions of a teasing song after listening to the one being read

·        listening comprehension

·        identifying the functions of a teasing song

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 182

·        Teachers guide page 119

 

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Interview By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to conduct an interview using the correct tone, gestures, stress and facial expression

·        Demonstrating ability to conduct and interview using correct tone, gesture etc. ·        Role play

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 182

·        Teachers Book page 120

·        Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 150

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate understanding of the passage ‘the orphan’ by responding to questions based on it

·        Reading comprehension

·        Writing answers correctly

·        Pre-reading activities

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 183-184

·        Teachers Book page 120-121

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 193

 

 
  4 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Consolidate words and match them with their correct meaning from a given column

·        Reading and matching words  with their correct meaning from a given column ·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 185

·        Teachers guide page 121

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 193

 
  5 GRAMMAR Verb phrases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify two verb phrases and use then correctly in sentence

·        Reading notes on verb phrases

·        Writing sentences using verb phrases

·        Gap filling

·        Flash cards

·        charts

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 9185-187

·        Teachers Book page 121-122

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 131

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 56

·        Teachers Book page 33

 
  6 WRITING Paragraphs development By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write paragraphs which are sensible and coherent

·        Reading coherent passage

·        Write paragraphs

·        Sample paragraphs ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 187-188

·        Teachers Book page 122

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 158-159

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 72

·        Teachers Book page 51

 
11,12 and 13 1 REVISION   By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Revise the terms work on their own

    ·        Advancing in English Book 2  
  MID YEAR EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENGLISH FORM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        identify features of actiological tales

·        Tell an actiological narrative from their communities

·        Listening comprehension

·        Identifying the features of an aetiogical story

·        Readers

·        Pictures

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 1-2

·        Teachers Book page 21-24

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 4

·        Oral literature; a senior course page 114

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS The inherent By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Gain basic skills by using the inherent

·        Listening to the teachers explanation

·        Discussing the use of the inherent

·        Resource persons

·        Magazines

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 189-190

·        Teachers Book page 123-124

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 176

·        Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 64

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage ‘a small world’ and respond to the questions based on it

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Pre-reading activities ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 191-192

·        Teachers Book page 124

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 60

 
  4 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Consolidate words and pair them with phrases which explain their meaning

·        Reading a passage

·        Writing phrases and explaining their meaning

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 192

·        Teachers Book page 124

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 60

 
  5 GRAMMAR Adverb phrases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify adverb phrases and use them to fill gaps correctly

·        Discussing the use of adverb phrases

·        Gap filling

·        Flash cards ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 192-194

·        Teachers Book page 124-125

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 131-132

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 195-197

 
  6 WRITING Filling in forms By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Fill in forms correctly

·        Filling in forms ·        Sample forms ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 195-197

·        Teachers Book page 126-127

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 189

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 316

·        Teachers Book page 180

 
2 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen and respond to the questions from the excerpt correctly

·        Summarize content of the excerpt effectively

·        Listening comprehension

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Writing a summary

·        Excerpts from a novel ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 198

·        Teachers Book page 126

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 228

 

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Note making By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Apply note-making skills learnt to make good notes from the passage

·        Reading a passage

·        Discussing the skill of note making

·        Note making

·        Sample notes ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 198-199

·        Teachers Book page 126-127

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 42

 

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Respond to the questions on the passage ‘hawa’s story’

·        Decipher major points on the passage

·        Reading a story

·        Discussing the story

·        Writing new words

·        Pre-reading activities ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 200-201

·        Teachers Book page 127

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 226-227

 

 
  4 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Infer meaning of words and use them to fill in gaps

·        Reading new words

·        Writing meaning of words

·        Filling in gaps

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 201-202

·        Teachers Book page 127

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 200

 

 
  5 GRAMMER Clauses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify and distinguish between clauses and phrases and use them correctly in sentences

·        Distinguishing clauses

·        Filling in gaps

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 204

·        Teachers Book page 128

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 136

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 222

·        Teachers Book page 134

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 208-209

 
  6 WRITING Creative writing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write a creative essay

·        Discussing the components of a creative writing

·        Writing a creative essay

·        Readers ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 204

·        Teachers Book page 128

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 177

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 283

·        Teachers Book page 163

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 71

 
3 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use various standard polite expressions to apologize

·        Listening to a passage

·        Speaking politely

·        Audio – tape

·        Resource person

·        Pre-listening activities

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 205

·        Teachers Book page 129

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 194

 
  2 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage ‘omieri the snake’ and demonstrate understand by responding to questions correctly

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing our culture

·        Writing answers

·        Pre-reading activities

·        Atlas

·        photographs

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 206-207

·        Teachers Book page 130

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 13

 
  3 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Fill in the crossword puzzle using appropriate words

·        Reading the passage

·        Filling in the crossword puzzle

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 207-209

·        Teachers Book page 130

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 111

 
  4 GRAMMAR Compound and complex sentences By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Distinguish between Compound and complex sentences

·        Reading notes about compound and complex sentences

·        Writing sentences

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 209-201

·        Teachers Book page 130-131

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 136

 
  5 ORAL SKILLS Pronunciation / ∫/ and /S/ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Pronounce the sounds  / ∫/ and /S/ correctly

·        Give examples of words with the / ∫/ and /S/ pronunciation

·        Attempt any questions about / ∫/ and /S/ pronunciation

·        Listening to the sounds

·        Articulating the sounds

·        Audio-tape ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page

·        Teachers Book page

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 114

·        Teachers Book page 72

 
  6 WRITING Business letters By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write  a business letter using the correct layout

·

·        Reading notes about business letters

·        Writing a business letter

·        Sample letters ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 211-218

·        Teachers Book page 129

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 182-183

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 251

·        Teachers Book page 148

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 147

 
4 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a song and identify the features of a dirge

·

·        Listening comprehension

·        Discussing the features of a dirge

·        Writing a dirge

·        Pre-listening activities

·        Resource person

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 219

·        Teachers Book page 133

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 30

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Aspects of style By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the use of a narrator voice in a novel

 

·        Reading a narrative

·        Discussing the voice of a narrator in a novel

·        Readers ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 220-221

·        Teachers Book page 135

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 43

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 130

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a given passage ‘God given right’ and respond to the questions correctly

 

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing the God given rights

·        Writing new words

·        Pre-reading activities ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 222-224

·        Teachers Book page 135

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 69

 
  4 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Build vocabulary through word study and be able to use them correctly in a sentence

 

·        Read vocabulary

·        Discussing the items under word study

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 225

·        Teachers Book page 136

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 69

 
  5 GRAMMAR Active and passive voice By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the active voice and be able to transform sentences from the active to the passive voice

 

·        Working pairs

·        Writing sentences in active and passive voice

·        Sample sentences

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 225-228

·        Teachers Book page 136

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 142

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 289

·        Teachers book page 181-182

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 199

 
  6 WRITING Paragraphs comparing and contrasting By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Compare and contrast issue in a paragraph

·        Write a paragraph showing contrast and similarities

·        Reading paragraphs

·        Discussing contrast and similarities in a paragraph

·        Writing a paragraph

·        Sample paragraphs ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 228-229

·        Teachers Book page 137

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 158-159

 

 
5 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen carefully to the myth ‘musoke’ and identify the features of a myth

·        Listening to a myth

·        Discussing features of a myth

·        Writing features of myths

·        Audio-tapes

·        Resource person

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 230

·        Teachers Book page 137-138

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 13

·        Oral literature a senior course page 92

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 61

 
  1 ORAL SKILLS Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen carefully to the myth ‘musoke’ and identify the features of a myth

·        Listening to a myth

·        Discussing features of a myth

·        Writing features of myths

·        Audio-tapes

·        Resource person

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 230

·        Teachers Book page 137-138

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 13

·        Oral literature a senior course page 92

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 61

 
  2 ORAL SKILLS Sounds /D/ and /ǝu/ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Distinguish between sounds /D/ and /ǝu/ and pronounce them correctly
·        Reading sounds ·        Audio-tapes ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 230-232

·        Teachers Book page 139-140

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage ‘the Japanese bombing sounds’ and answer the questions based on it correctly

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing the effects of the bombing

·        Writing a summary

·        Audio-tapes ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 232-234

·        Teachers Book page 140-141

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 58

 
  4 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Infer meanings of words from the passage and use them to form sentences correctly
·        Reading the vocabulary

·        Discussing the meaning of words

·        Writing the new words

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 234-235

·        Teachers Book page 141

 
  5 GRAMMAR Complex compositions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify complex prepositions and use them correctly in sentences

·        Gap filling ·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 235-236

·        Teachers Book page 141

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 127

·        Spot on grammar students book page 131

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 155

 
  6 WRITING Letter of apology By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Write an apology letter using the correct layout and language
·        Reading letters of apology

·        Writing an apology letter

·        Sample letters ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 236-237

·        Teachers Book page 141

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 182

 
6 1 LISTENING AND COMPOSITION Note-taking By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Listen to the passage ’deforestation’ and take notes using the skills learnt
·        Listening to a passage

·        Discussing skills of note taking

·        Writing notes

·        Audio-tape ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 238

·        Teachers Book page 142

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 42

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Passing information to others By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate understanding of effective oral communication skills by passing information correctly
·        Demonstrating effectiveness of communication ·        video-tapes ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 238-239

·        Teachers Book page 142-143

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 37

 

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate understanding of the passage ‘going abroad’ by responding to questions based on it correctly
·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing the passage ‘going abroad’

·        Pre-reading activities ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 239-241

·        Teachers Book page 143

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 193

 

 
  4 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify meaning of words used in the passage ‘going abroad’ and use them to fill gaps
·        Filling in gaps ·        Flash cards ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 241-242

·        Teachers Book page 143

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 193

 
  5 GRAMMAR Idioms By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Use idioms correctly within a given context
·        Filling in gaps

·        Writing idioms and their meaning

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 242-244

·        Teachers Book page 143-144

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 112-113

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 9

·        Teachers Book page 10

 
  6 WRITING Advertisements By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Design an advertisement correctly
·        Read advertisements

·        Writing an advertisement

·        Sample advertisement ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 244-245

·        Teachers Book page 144

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 184

·        Excelling in English book 2 students book page 170

·        Teachers Book page 161

·        New integrated English book 2 students book page 50

 
7 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate comprehension of the passage on ‘bhang’ by responding to questions based on the passage
·        Listening comprehension

·        Discussing effects of bhang

·        Pre-listening activities ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 246

·        Teachers Book page 145

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 203

 

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Interview By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Act out and appropriately complete the interview on drug addiction
·        Role playing (interview) · ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 246-247

·        Teachers Book page 146

 

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate comprehension of the passage ‘bhang in Kenya’ by responding to questions based on it
·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing the effect of bhang in Kenya

·        Pre-reading activities ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 247-248

·        Teachers Book page 146

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 205-206

 

 
  4 WORD STUDY Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Consolidate new words from the passage and use them correctly on sentences
·        discussing the meaning of new words

·        Writing the new words

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 248

·        Teachers Book page 146

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 205-206

 
  5 GRAMMAR Active and passive voice By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify progressive aspect and use it correctly with the active and passive voice
·        Reading notes in the text book

·        Discussing how to transform sentences

·        Writing sentences

·        Sample sentences ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 249-251

·        Teachers Book page 147-148

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 142

 
  6 WRITING Using idiomatic expressions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify idiomatic expressions and use them to develop paragraphs correctly
·        Reading idiomatic expressions

·        Writing idioms

·        Sample paragraphs ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 251-252

·        Teachers Book page 148-149

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 112-113

 

 
8 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate comprehension of passage ‘conserving electricity’ by answering questions based on it
·        Listening to a passage

·        Discussing the ways of conserving electricity

·        Pre-listening activities ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 252

·        Teachers Book page 149-150

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 215

 

 
  2 USE OF LIBRARY Extensive reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate ability to use the library by reading extensively within the library

·        Reading library books ·        Readers

·        Flash cards

·        Library books  
  3 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate understanding of the passage ‘electricity’ by responding to questions based on it
·        Reading comprehension

·        Writing answers

·        Pre reading activities ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 253-254

·        Teachers Book page 150-151

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 225

 

 
  4 WORD STUDY Using a dictionary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate ability to find meaning of words from a dictionary and use them in sentences
·        Looking up meaning the dictionary

·        Discussing the meanings of words before looking up the dictionary

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 254

·        Teachers Book page 151

 

 
  5 GRAMMAR Modal auxiliaries ’used to’ and ‘dare’ By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify and use correctly the modal auxiliary ‘used to’ and ‘dare’ in sentences
·        Reading notes in the text books

·        Writing sentences using ‘dare’ and ‘used to’

·        Sample sentences ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 254-255

·        Teachers Book page 152

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 100-101

 
  6   Paragraphs using facts, statistics and rhetorical questions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Write short paragraphs using rhetorical questions facts and statistics
·        Reading paragraphs

·        Discussing the use of rhetorical questions

·        Writing paragraphs

·        Sample paragraphs

·        Newspapers cutting

·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 256-259

·        Teachers Book page 152-153

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 158-160

 
9 & 10   REVISION   By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Revise the work covered in the course of the year on their own
    ·        Advancing in English Book 2

Gateway secondary revision

 
11 END OF YEAR EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENGLISH FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        identify features of actiological tales

·        Tell an actiological narrative from their communities

·        Listening comprehension

·        Identifying the features of an aetiogical story

·        Readers

·        Pictures

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 1-2

·        Teachers Book page 21-24

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 4

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 4

 
  2 SPEAKING Stress in sentences By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Place stress on the right words in sentences to bring out the right meaning

·        Placing stress on the right words in sentences to bring out the right meaning ·        Sample sentences ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 2-3

·        Teachers Book page 24

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 8-10

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 69

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage ‘from rugs to riches’

·        Answer questions on the passage

·        Reading comprehension

·

·        Pre-reading activities ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 3-6

·        Teachers Book page 25-26

·        Gateway secondary revision book page

 
  4 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary through word study

·        Demonstrate the ability to use them in their own sentences

·        Discussing

·        Reading vocabulary

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 7

·        Teachers Book page 26

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 55-56

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 223

 
  5 GRAMMAR Nouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        categorize nouns into; countable, uncountable, concrete, abstract, proper, collective and compound nouns

·        Give examples of each

·        Discussing categories of nouns

·        Gap filling

  ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 7-8

·        Teachers Book page 28

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 74-75

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 42

 
  6 WRITING Paragraphing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Develop unity in paragraphs

·        Write an essay using transitional words

·        Writing paragraphs ·        Sample paragraphs ·        Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 8-9

·        Teachers Book page 28

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 158

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 110

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text of the river between

·        Discuss he background of the novel

·        Reading set texts

·        Discussing the background of the river between

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the author of the novel

·        Discuss the setting

·        Reading set texts

·        Discussing the setting of given texts

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        The river between  
2 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the comprehension passage

·        Answer questions

·        Discuss stylistic devices in the story

·        Listening comprehension

·        Discussing stylistic devices

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 10

·        Teachers Book page 29-31

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 158

 

 
  2 SPEAKING Emphatic stress By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Place emphatic stress on the correct words in sentences

·        Speaking using emphatic stress ·        Sample sentences ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 11

·        Teachers Book page 31-32

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 8-10

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 114

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Study reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Practice study reading using the SQ3R technique

·        reading using the SQ3R technique ·        set books

·        charts

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 12-14

·        Teachers Book page 32-33

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 39

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 1

 

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage and answer questions

·        Reading comprehension

·        Answering questions

·        Extracts from magazines ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 14-17

·        Teachers Book page 33-34

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 61

 
  5 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary

·        Demonstrate the ability to use it

·        Reading new words

·        Discussing the meaning of the new words

·        Tapes on AIDS

·        Dictionary

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 14-17

·        Teachers Book page33-34

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 61

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 223

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 140

 
  6 GRAMMAR Noun deviations By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Add suffixes ‘ee’ and ‘er’ to verbs or adjectives to form nouns

·        Discussing

·        Deriving nouns by adding suffixes

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 17-19

·        Teachers Book page 33-34

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 119-120

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 42-46

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 6

·        Excelling in English book 3 students 7book page 5

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss he setting of the river between

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 1

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze plot, themes, style and characterization

·        Reading texts

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Dictionary

·        The river between  
3 1 WRITING Cohesion in paragraphs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use sequence to achieve unity of a paragraph

·        Reading paragraphs

·        Discussing

·        Sample paragraphs ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 21-22

·        Teachers Book page 35

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 158-159

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 23

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 9

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage keenly and answer questions

·        Listening

·        Writing answers

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 21-22

·        Teachers Book page 36-38

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 188

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Note making By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage

·        Make notes

·        Answer any questions given about the passage

·        Reading passage

·        Making notes

·        Picture cutting ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 22-24

·        Teachers Book page 38

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 42

·        Excelling in English book 3 students 7book page 31

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 64

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 20

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage carefully and answer questions

 

·        Reading comprehension

·        Writing answers

·        Magazines ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 24-27

·        Teachers Book page 33

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 61

 
  5 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary

 

·        Reading words

·        Gap filling

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 24-27

·        Teachers Book page 39

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 61

 
  6 GRAMMAR Noun deviation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Add suffixes ‘ness’ and ‘ism’ to words to form nouns

·        Discussing suffixes

·        Gap filling

·        chart ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 27-29

·        Teachers Book page 40

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 118-119

·        Excelling in English book 3 students 7book page 5

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 42-46

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 1

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading set texts

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 1

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading set texts

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        Dictionary

·        The river between  
4 1 WRITING Transitional words and phrases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use transitional words of contrast and choice

·        Write a short paragraph

·        Discussing

·        Writing a short paragraph

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 28-29

·        Teachers Book page 40-41

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 158

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 16

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 10

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Make notes on features of dilemma stories

·        Hold a class discussion

 

·        Writing features of a dilemma story

·        Reading a passage

Discussing

·        Picture cuttings ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 30-31

·        Teachers Book page 42-43

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 13

·        Excelling in English book 3 students 7book page 38

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 55

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 295

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Critical reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to read the passage critically

 

·        Reading

 

·        Sample extracts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 30-31

·        Teachers Book page 42-43

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 13

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage carefully and answer questions

 

·        Reading comprehension

·        Writing

·        Picture cutting ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 32-34

·        Teachers Book page 44-45

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 64

 
  5 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary

·        Demonstrate their ability to use it

·        Reading

·        Discussing

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 32-34

·        Teachers Book page 44-45

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 64

 
  6 GRAMMAR Gender By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Denote masculine and feminine gender correctly

·        Discussing

·        Writing feminine and masculine names

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 34-36

·        Teachers Book page 45

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 17

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and characterization

·        Reading set texts

·        Discussing

·        Writing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 1

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and characterization

·        Reading set texts

·        Discussing

·        Writing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
5 1 WRITING Transitional  words and phrases ; paragraphs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use transitional words and phrases effectively to achieve unity in paragraphs

·        Discussing

·        Writing

·        Charts

·        Excerpts from stories

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 36

·        Teachers Book page 45-46

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 158

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 16

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 10

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen keenly to a passage and answer questions

·        Read the song expressively to bring out rhythm

·        Discussing

·        Listening to a song

·        Speaking

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 37-38

·        Teachers Book page 47-48

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 13

 
  3 STUDY  SKILLS Studying a play By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Dramatize the play extract making correct use of the stage directions
·        Dramatizing ·        Sample play excerpts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 39-40

·        Teachers Book page 48

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 44

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage carefully and answer the questions

·        Reading comprehension

·        Writing

·        Pre-reading extracts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 41-44

·        Teachers Book page 49-50

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 64

 
  5 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary
  • Demonstrate their ability to use it
·        Reading

·        Discussing meaning of words

 

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 41-44

·        Teachers Book page 49-50

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 64

 
  6 GRAMMAR Pronouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the use of pronouns in a subjective case

·        Gap filling ·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 44-45

·        Teachers Book page 50-51

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 85

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 24

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 24

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 85

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 1

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading set texts

·        Discussing the theme, plot style in text

·        Writing notes

·        dictionary ·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 1

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading set texts

·        Discussing the theme, plot

·        Writing notes

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
6 1 WRITING The colon By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Rewrite sentences using the colon effectively
·        Discussing the use of the colon

·        Writing sentences using the colon

·        Sample sentences ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 46-47

·        Teachers Book page 51

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 152

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 48

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 74

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Listen keenly to the passage and answer questions
  • Take notes
·        Listening to a passage

·        Note taking

·        Sample sentences ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 48

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 42

 

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Writing a book review By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read one of the set books and write a book review
·        Reading a book review

·        Discussing

·        Writing a book review

·        Set texts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 48-50

·        Teachers Book page 53

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 172

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 176

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage correctly and answer the questions
·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 50-52

·        Teachers Book page 53-54

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 67

 
  5 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Write an essay to illustrate the saying given
·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 50-53

·        Teachers Book page 53-54

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 199

 
  6 GRAMMER Pronouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify the use of pronouns in the objective cases
  • Know how objective cases are used with preposition
  • That the pronoun her, him and them take places of objects therefore they are objective cases
·        Discussing

·        Gap filling

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 53-55

·        Teachers Book page 54-55

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 93-94

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 25-27

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 25

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 1

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading set texts

·        Discussing the theme, plot style in text

·        Writing notes

·        dictionary ·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 1

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading set texts

·        Discussing the theme, plot

·        Writing notes

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
7 1 WRITING The semi colon By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Re write the sentences using the semi colon in the right places
  • Know that they are used to connect parts of a sentence that are closely related
  • Differentiate between colon and semi colon
·        discussing

·        re-writing sentences

·        Sample sentences ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 55-56

·        Teachers Book page 55

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 152

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 49

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 34

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 66

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Listen keenly to the passage and answer questions
  • Identify the features of speech
·        Listening

·        Discussing

·        Sample speech ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 57

·        Teachers Book page 56-57

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 188

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 138

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 138

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Distinguishing facts from opinions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully and distinguish facts from opinions
·        Reading passage ·        Audio tapes ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 57-58

·        Teachers Book page 57-58

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 203

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 83

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully and answer questions from the passage
·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing

·        Article on HIV and AIDS ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 59-62

·        Teachers Book page 58-59

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 193

 
  5 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Expand and Consolidate their range of vocabulary
  • Demonstrate the ability to use new words
·        discussing

·        Writing

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 59-62

·        Teachers Book page 58-59

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 193

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 140

 
  6 GRAMMAR Demonstrative pronouns By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Use demonstrative pronouns correctly
·        Gap filling ·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 62-65

·        Teachers Book page 59

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 89

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 34-35

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 132

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 73

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 2

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading texts

·        Discussing

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading texts

·        Discussing

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
8 1 WRITING Choice of words By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Choose appropriate words o give the intended meaning
·        Discussing

·        Writing sentences

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 65-67

·        Teachers Book page 60

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 177

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 41

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 17-18

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 98

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Listen keenly to the passage and answer questions
  • Identify the features of etiological tales in the story
  • Identify the characters and their character traits
  • Give the lesson learnt from the passage
·        Listening

·        Discussing the features of etiological tales

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 68

·        Teachers Book page 61-62

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 13

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 98

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 61,71

 

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Attitude in oral narratives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage carefully

·        Identify the  attitude of the narrator in oral stories

·        Reading narratives

·        Discussing

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 68-70

·        Teachers Book page 62

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 11

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 73-74

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully and answer the questions from the passage
·        Reading a passage

·        Writing

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 70-73

·        Teachers Book page 62-63

·        Gateway secondary revision book page

 

 
  5 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Expand and Consolidate their range of vocabulary

 

·        Reading

·        Writing sentences

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 70-73

·        Teachers Book page 62-63

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 215

 

 
  6 GRAMMAR Transitive and intransitive verbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify and use verbs transitively and intransitively
·        Discussing

·        Gap filling

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 73-76

·        Teachers Book page 64

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 106-7

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 45

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 95-98

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 41-42

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 2

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading texts

·        Discussing

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 3

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading texts

·        Discussing

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
9 1 WRITING Use of parenthesis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify and add parenthesis to sentences
·        Discussing

·        Writing sentences

·        Charts

·        Sample sentences

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 76-78

·        Teachers Book page 64

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 152

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 59

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 44

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 235

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify the use of suspense in an oral narrative
  • Hold a class discussion on features of ogre stories
·        Listening to a narrative

·        Discussing the features of ogre stories

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 79

·        Teachers Book page 65

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 13

 

 
  3 READING SKILL Interpretive reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage interpretively to bring out emotions
·        Reading a passage

·        Discussing

·        Set books ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 80-82

·        Teachers Book page 66

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 71

 

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully and answer the questions from the passage
·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing oral questions

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 81-83

·        Teachers Book page 67-68

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 225

 

 
  5 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Expand and Consolidate their range of vocabulary

 

·        Reading

·        Gap filling

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 80-83

·        Teachers Book page 68

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 226

 

 
  6 GRAMMAR Infinitive By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

·        Gap filling ·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 83-85

·        Teachers Book page 68-69

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 195

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 81

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 3

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading texts

·        Discussing

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading texts

·        Discussing

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
10 1 WRITING Reminders By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate understanding of the features of a reminder
·        Discussing

·        Writing reminders

·        Sample reminders ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 85-87

·        Teachers Book page 69

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 164

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 50

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 221

 
  2 WRITING (TEST) Essay writing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Plan organize and write an essay in one of the topics given
·        Writing an essay ·        Sample essays ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 88

·        Teachers Book page 70

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 167-169

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension

(test)

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully
  •  Answer summary and note making questions
·        Reading comprehension

·        Writing a summary

·        Sample test papers ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 88-89

·        Teachers Book page 70-71

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 235

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension

(test)

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully
  •  Answer comprehension questions  correctly
·        Reading passage

·        Writing answers

·        Sample test papers ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 89-90

·        Teachers Book page 71

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 235

 
  5 READING Reading comprehension

(test)

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully
  •  Answer comprehension questions  correctly
·        Reading passage

·        Writing answers

·        Sample test papers ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 91-92

·        Teachers Book page 71

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 235

 
  6 GRAMMAR Revision test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Answer all the comprehension questions correctly

 

·        Writing answers

·        Gap filling

  ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 92-93

·        Teachers Book page 71-72

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 94

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 4

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading texts

·        Discussing

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 3

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading texts

·        Discussing

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
11 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Giving instructions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Listen carefully to the instructions being asked and take notes
·        Listening

·        Taking notes

·        Speaking

·        Audio-tapes ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 79

·        Teachers Book page 65

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 13

 

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Close reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage closely

·        Answer the questions from the passage

·        Reading

·        Writing answers

·        Set texts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 94-97

·        Teachers Book page 74-75

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 37

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully
  • Answer questions from the passage

 

·        Reading

·        Writing answers

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 97-99

·        Teachers Book page 75-76

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 235

 

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension

Vocabulary

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Expand and Consolidate their range of vocabulary
  • Demonstrate the ability to use it in their own sentences

 

·        Reading

·        Discussing

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 97-99

·        Teachers Book page 76-77

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 235

 

 
  5 GRAMMAR Phrasal verbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Use phrasal verbs correctly in sentences

 

·        Gap filling Chart ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 100-102

·        Teachers Book page 77

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 109-111

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 66

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 250-255

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 59 & 66

 
  6 WRITING Personal journals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate understanding of a journal and its features
·        Reading

·        Discussing the layout of a personal journal

 

·        Sample journal ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 102

·        Teachers Book page 78

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 163

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 60

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 305

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Discuss  the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading texts

·        Discussing themes

·        Note taking

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 3

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading texts

·        Discussing plot and style

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
12 1 WRITING Personal journals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Plan organize and write an entry for a weekend
·        Writing a journal

·        Discussing

·        Explaining

 

·        Sample journals ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 102

·        Teachers Book page 78

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 163

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 60

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 305

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Listen keenly to the passage
  • Answer key questions from the passage
·        Listening to a passage

·        Writing answers

 

·        Audio-tapes ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 103

·        Teachers Book page 78-79

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 215

 

 
  3 SPEAKING Narration By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Re-tale an oral narrative from their community
·        Listening to stories

·        Speaking

  ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 103

·        Teachers Book page 79

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 21-22

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 156-157

 
  4 READING Alliteration and assonance

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the poem aloud

·        Identify the use of alliteration and assonance

·        Define alliteration and assonance

·        Answer any question on alliteration and assonance

·        Reading a poem

·        Writing notes

 

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 103-104

·        Teachers Book page 79

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 6-7

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 29-30

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 117 &124

 
  5 STUDY SKILLS Note making By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate understanding of the skill of note making
·        Discussing the skill of note making

·        Reading a passage

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 105-106

·        Teachers Book page 78-80

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 41

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 148-150

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 31

 
  6 STUDY SKILLS Note making By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Make short notes as directed from the passage read in lesson (5)
·        Writing short notes ·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 105-106

·        Teachers Book page 78-80

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 41

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 148-150

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 31

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Discuss  the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading the novel

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 5

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading texts

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
13 1 REVISION   By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Revise the terms work
    ·        Advancing in English Book 3

·        Gateway secondary revision

 
  2 REVISION   By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Revise the terms work
    ·        Advancing in English Book 3

·        Gateway secondary revision

 
  END OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENGLISH FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage carefully

·        Answer the questions from the passage

·        Reading comprehension

·        Writing answers

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 106-108

·        Teachers Book page 80-81

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 70

 
  2 READING Word study By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary through word study

·        Demonstrate ability to use them in their sentences

·        Reading items under word study

·        Writing sentences

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 106-108

·        Teachers Book page 80-81

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 223

 
  3 GRAMMAR Phrasal verbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use the words phrasal verbs to fill in the blank spaces

·        Gap filling

·

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 108-109

·        Teachers Book page 81-82

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 109-111

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 218-219

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 66-69

 
  4 WRITING Thank –you note By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Study the thank you notes

·        Write a thank you note

·        Take note on the factors to consider when writing a thank you note

·        Discussing

·        Writing thank you notes

·        Sample notes ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 109-111

·        Teachers Book page 83

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 174

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 69

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 121

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 69

 
  5 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 6

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading  texts

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        Dictionary

·        The river between  
  6 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading given texts

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        Dictionary

·        The river between  
  7 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read through the questions

·        Listen to the passage being read

·        Answer questions

·        Listening comprehension

·        Writing answers

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 112-113

·        Teachers Book page 83-84

 

 
  8 SPEAKING Assonance in poems By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a poem keenly

·        Identify the use of assonance

·        Listening to a poem

·        Writing lines that have assonance

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 112-113

·        Teachers Book page 83-84

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 6

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 124

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 29

 
2 1 STUDY SKILLS Critical reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the comprehension passage

·        Answer questions

·        Discuss stylistic devices in the story

·        Listening comprehension

·        Discussing stylistic devices  in the story

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 10

·        Teachers Book page 29-31

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 158

 

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Study reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Practice study reading using the SQ3R technique

·        reading using the SQ3R technique ·        set books

·        charts

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 12-14

·        Teachers Book page 32-33

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 39

·

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage and answer the questions

·        Reading comprehension

·        Answering questions

·        Extracts from magazines ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 14-17

·        Teachers Book page 33-34

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 61

 
  5 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary

·        Demonstrate the ability to use it

·        Reading new words

·        Discussing the meaning of the new words

·        Tapes on AIDS

·        Dictionary

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 14-17

·        Teachers Book page 33-34

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 61

 
  6 GRAMMAR Noun deviations By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Add suffixes ‘ee’ and ‘er’ to verbs or adjectives to form nouns

·        Discussing

·        Deriving nouns by adding suffixes

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 17-19

·        Teachers Book page 33-34

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 119-120

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze plot, themes, style and characterization

·        Reading comprehension

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Dictionary

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze plot, themes, style and characterization

·        Reading texts

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Dictionary

·        The river between  
3 1 WRITING Cohesion in paragraphs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use sequence to achieve unity of a paragraph

·        Reading paragraphs

·        Discussing

·        Sample paragraphs ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 19-20

·        Teachers Book page 35

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 158-159

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage keenly and answer questions

·        Listening

·        Writing answers

·        Pictures ·  
  3 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage carefully and answer questions

 

·        Reading comprehension

·        Writing answers

·        Picture cutting ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 125-127

·        Teachers Book page 89-90

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 37

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary

·        Demonstrate the ability to use it in sentences of their own

 

·        Discussing

·        Writing

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 125-127

·        Teachers Book page 89-90

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 37

 
  5 GRAMMAR Participles By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the understanding of participles

·        Fill in the gaps with the correct participles

 

·        Filling in gaps ·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 127-128

·        Teachers Book page 90

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 95-96

 
  6 WRITING Condolence notes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write a condolence note using the accepted layout

·        Use the appropriate language

·        Writing condolence notes

·        Discussing

·        Sample notes ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 128-130

·        Teachers Book page 90

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 175

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading set texts

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        Dictionary

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading set texts

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        Dictionary

·        The river between  
4 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to  a passage keenly and answer the questions

·        Hold a class discussion on the challenges of HIV and AIDS problem

·        Listening

·        Discussing

 

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 131

·        Teachers Book page 91-92

 

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Distinguishing facts from opinion By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage

·        Distinguish facts from opinions

 

·        Reading a passage

·        discussing

·        magazines

·        newspaper

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 131-132

·        Teachers Book page 92

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 83

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 192-194

 
  3 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage carefully and answer the questions

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary

 

·        Reading

·        Discussing

·        Filling in gaps

·        Pictures

·        Dictionary

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 133-135

·        Teachers Book page 92-93

 

 
  4 READING Quantifiers By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use the right quantifiers with the correct noun

 

·        Filling in gaps ·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 136-137

·        Teachers Book page 93

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 120

·        Excelling in English book 3 students 7book page 86

 
  5 WRITING Telegrams By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Draft a telegram bearing the rules of telegram writing in mind

·        Writing telegrams

·        Discussing rules of writing telegrams

·        Sample telegrams ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 137-138

·        Teachers Book page 93

·        Excelling in English book 3 studentsbook page 100

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 333

 
  6 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the passage and answer questions

·        Hold a class discussion

·        Listening

·        Hold seating

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 139

·        Teachers Book page 94-95

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 166

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and characterization

·        Reading set texts

·        Discussing

·        Writing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

Chapter 1

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the novel

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and characterization

·        Reading set texts

·        Discussing

·        Writing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
5 1 STUDYING ORAL NARRATIVES Studying oral narratives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Study the narrative and answer questions

·        Demonstrate understanding of the genres of oral literature

·        Reading narratives

·        Discussing genre of oral literature

·        Picture ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 139-141

·        Teachers Book page 95-96

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 11

 

 
  2 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage  carefully and answer questions

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary  through word study

·        Discussing

·        Discussing

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 141-143

·        Teachers Book page 96-97

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 64

 
  3 GRAMMAR Position of adjectives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Use adjectives as modifiers of means
·        Filling in gaps ·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 143-146

·        Teachers Book page 97-98

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 122

 
  4 WRITING Letters of application By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write a letter of application using the correct format

·        Writing letters of application

·        Discussing the correct format of an application letter

·        Sample letters ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 146-150

·        Teachers Book page 98

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 182

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 108

 
  5 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the passage and answer questions

·        Write directions and present them

·        Writing

·        Speaking

·        Sample directions ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 151

·        Teachers Book page 99-100

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 177

 
  6 STUDY SKILLS Studying themes and setting in short stories By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate understanding of setting and themes in a short story

·        Identify setting and themes of a short story

·        Reading short stories

·        Writing and identifying themes in a short story

·        A half a day and other stories ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 152-153

·        Teachers Book page 100-101

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 46

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 180

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading texts

·        Discussing the theme, plot and style

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading the river between ·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
6 1 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully and answer questions
·        Reading

·        Writing

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 153-155

·        Teachers Book page 101-102

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 212

 
  2 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary
·        Reading

·        Discussing

·        Filling in gaps

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 153-155

·        Teachers Book page 101-102

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 212

 
  3 GRAMMAR Formation of adverbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • To form adverbs from adjectives
·        Filling in gaps ·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 156-158

·        Teachers Book page 102

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 124

 
  4 WRITING Writing synopsis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Write a synopsis of a short story, play or Novel
  • Observe the features of a synopsis in their writing
·        Writing a synopsis

·        Discussing the features of a synopsis

·        Sample synopsis ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 158

·        Teachers Book page 102

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 169

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 128

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 87

 
  5 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Listen to a poem keenly and answer questions
  • Hold a class discussion on racialism
·        Listening

·        Discussing the effects of racialism

·        Picture cutting ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 159

·        Teachers Book page 103-104

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 49

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 49

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 205

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 52

 
  6 STUDY SKILLS Studying poem By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Follow the recommended steps in studying the poem ‘tarantella’
  • Answer questions from the poem
·        Reading a poem

·        Reciting a poem

·        Writing answers

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 159-162

·        Teachers Book page 104-105

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 49

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 205

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 52

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        discussing the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading  texts

·        Discussing the stylistic devices used

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        discussing the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading  texts

·        Discussing the plot, character traits in the novel

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
7 1 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully and answer questions
  • Expand and Consolidate their range of vocabulary
  • Demonstrate ability to use it
·        Reading

·        Writing sentences

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 162-164

·        Teachers Book page 105-106

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 205

 

 
  2 GRAMMAR Functions of adverbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Use adverbs as modifiers
·        Filling in gaps ·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 164-166

·        Teachers Book page 106-107

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 124

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page117

 
  3 WRITING Report writing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the short report carefully paying attention to layout
  • Write a report
·        Filling in gaps ·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page

·        Teachers Book page

·        Gateway secondary revision book page

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 129

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 118

 
  4 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Listen to the passage keenly and answer questions
  • Identify the function of work songs
·        Listening

·        Speaking

·        Picture ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 170

·        Teachers Book page 108-109

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 29

 
  5 STUDY SKILLS Studying a play By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the play extract and answer questions
  • Identify the aspects to look for in a play
·        Reading a play

·        Discussing the aspects of a play

·        Play extracts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 170-173

·        Teachers Book page 109

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 237

 
  6 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Reading the passage carefully and answer questions
  • Extend and consolidating their range of vocabulary
·        Reading

·        Discussing

·        Writing

·        Picture ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 173-176

·        Teachers Book page 110

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 68

 

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing the plot, themes and style

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the text

·        Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing style and character traits

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        dictionary

·        The river between  
8 1 GRAMMAR Prepositions, connectors and adverbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Distinguish prepositions from connectors and adverbs
  • Use the eight prepositions to fill in the blanks
·        Filling in gaps ·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 176-177

·        Teachers Book page 110-111

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 127-128

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 126

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 300

 
  2 WRITING Argumentative essays By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Plan organize and write Argumentative essays
·        Reading sample essays

·        Writing essays

·        Sample essays ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 177-178

·        Teachers Book page 111

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 167

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 163

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 147

 
  3 LISTENING Listening comprehension (revision test) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the comprehension passage keenly and answers

·        Listening

·        Writing answers

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 180

·        Teachers Book page 112-113

 

 
  4 WRITING Essay writing (test) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Choose one topic from the alternatives
  • Plan organize and write an essay
·        Writing essay   ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 180

·        Teachers Book page 113

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 169

 
  5 READING Reading comprehension (test) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully and answer questions

 

·        Reading

·        Writing answers

  ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 173

·        Teachers Book page 109

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 237

 
  6 READING Reading comprehension (test) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully and answer questions
·        Reading comprehension

·        Writing answers

  ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 180-181

·        Teachers Book page 113-114

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 237

 
  7 GRAMMER Revision test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Answer the grammar questions correctly

·        Writing answers

 

  ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 183-184

·        Teachers Book page 114

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 239

 
  8 LISTENING Listening comprehension

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the passage keenly and answer questions

·        Design a poster which is aimed at fighting corruption

·        Listening

·        Designing a poster

 

· ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 185

·        Teachers Book page 115-116

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 29

 
9 1 WRITING Essay writing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Choose one topic from the alternatives
  • Write an essay on the chosen topics
·        Writing essays   ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 185-186

·        Teachers Book page 116

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 168

 
  2 READING Reading comprehension (test) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully
  • Answer questions
·        Reading

·        Writing answers

  ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 186-187

·        Teachers Book page 116

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 203

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension (test) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully
  • Answer the questions
·        Reading a passage

·        writing answers

 

  ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 187-189

·        Teachers Book page 116

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 215

 
  4 GRAMMAR Revision test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Answer the grammar questions correctly
·        Writing answers   ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 189

·        Teachers Book page 117

 

 
  5 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Listen to the passage and answer the questions
  • Discuss the effects of first and third person narrator
·        Listening to a narrative

·        Discussing the effects of 1st and 3rd person narrator

·        Audio tapes ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 190

·        Teachers Book page 118-119

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 21

 
  6 STUDY SKILLS Tone and attitude By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the story carefully
  • Identify tone of the story
  • Answer the rest of the question

 

·        Group work

·        Identifying the tone and attitude in a story

·        Set texts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 191-192

·        Teachers Book page 119

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 55

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 40

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 73

 
  7 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully
  • Answer the questions
·        Reading a passage

·        writing answers

 

pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 193-195

·        Teachers Book page 120-121

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 55

 
  8 READING Reading vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary through the word study
·        Reading

·        writing

 

pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 193-195

·        Teachers Book page 120-121

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 55

 
10 1 GRAMMAR Collective conjunctions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Re write sentences using the recommended correlative conjunction

 

·        Writing sentences

·        Discussing

Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 195-199

·        Teachers Book page 122

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 128

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 136

 
  2 WRITING Special or general reports By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Listen to the passage and then answer questions
·        Listening

·        Hot seating

·        Group work

·        Sample reports ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 199-202

·        Teachers Book page 124

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 171

·        Excelling in English in English book 3 students book page 118

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 129

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Listen to the passage and then answer questions
·        Listening

·        Hot seating

·        Group work

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 203

·        Teachers Book page 125-126

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 39

·        Excelling in English in English book 3 students book page 184

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 166

 
  4 STUDY SKILLS Critical reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate ability to read the passage critically
  • Answer questions from the passage
·        Reading critically

·        Writing answers

·        Extracts from set texts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 204-205

·        Teachers Book page 126-127

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 39

·        Excelling in English in English book 3 students book page 63

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 258

 
  5 READING Reading comprehension

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully
  •  Answer comprehension questions  correctly
·        Reading

·        Writing

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 205-207

·        Teachers Book page 127-128

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 39

 
  6 READING Reading comprehension

Vocabulary

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary through word study
·        Filling in gaps ·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 204-207

·        Teachers Book page 128-129

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 39

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

The enemy of the people (introduction)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Equipped with background information on the author and the setting

·        Discussing the background information on the author and the setting

·        Writing notes

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

 

·        An enemy of the people  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the river between

 

The enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the main characters and their conflict in the play

·        Discussing and identifying the main characters in the play

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

 

·        An enemy of the people  
11 1 WRITING Plays By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate understanding of the steps followed while writing a play
  • Re write the story on pages 204-05 as a play
·        Reading a play

·        Discussing

·        Writing a story

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 211

·        Teachers Book page 129

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 44-46

 

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the comprehension passage and then answer questions

·        Make a speech about reconciliation

·        Listening

·        Writing

·        Speaking

·        Audio tapes

·        Pictures

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 212

·        Teachers Book page 130-313

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 188

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Irony in short stories

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read  a short story and analyze the instances of irony and its effectiveness

 

·        Reading

·        Discussing Irony in short stories

 

·        Sample short stories ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 212-213

·        Teachers Book page 131

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 46-48

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 180-182

·        Excelling in English in English book 3 students book page 122-124

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the comprehension passage and answer the questions
  • Extend their range of vocabulary through the word study

 

·        Reading

·        Writing

·        Pictures

·        Dictionary

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 214-215

·        Teachers Book page 131-132

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 193

 

 
  5 GRAMMAR Prepositional phrases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify prepositional phrases and their functions
  • Use the correct prepositional phrase to complete sentences

 

·        Discussing

·        Filling gaps

Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 216-218

·        Teachers Book page 132-133

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 145-147

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 217-220

·        Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 59 & 66

 
  6 WRITING Short stories By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Plan, organize and write an outline of a short story
·        Reading short stories

·        Writing short stories

 

·        Sample short stories ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 280-219

·        Teachers Book page 133

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 46

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 122-123

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of An enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss  the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading the play

·        Discussing themes, style and character traits

 

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

 

·        An enemy of the people  
  8 READING Intensive reading of An enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss  the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading the play

·        Discussing

·        Dramatizing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

 

·        An enemy of the people  
12 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Listen to the comprehension passage and then answer questions
  • Hold a class discussion

 

·        Listening

·        Discussing the oral questions

 

·        Pictures

·        Constitution of Kenya

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 220

·        Teachers Book page 134-135

·        Gateway secondary revision book page

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 215

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Studying a novel By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate understanding of aspect to be studied in a novel
  • Write about characters in the river between
Discussing a novel

Reading

Writing notes on characters

·        Extracts from a novel ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 220-222

·        Teachers Book page 134-135

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 43

·        The river between

 

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Read the passage carefully
  • Answer the questions from the passage
·        Reading

·        Writing answers

Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 222-225

·        Teachers Book page 136-137

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 58

 
  4 READING Word study

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary

·        Demonstrate ability to use their new words

·        Reading

·        Writing

·        Speaking

·        Pictures

 

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 222-225

·        Teachers Book page 136-137

 

 
  5 GRAMMAR Adjectival phrases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify Adjectival phrases in sentences
  • Replace adjectives with Adjectival phrases
·        Writing

·        Identifying adjectives and Adjectival phrases

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 225-226

·        Teachers Book page 137

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 132

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 314

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 152-153

 
  6 WRITING Notification of meetings By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Study the layout of Notification of meetings
  • Discuss the sample given
·        Discuss the layout of Notification of meetings ·        Sample notifications ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 226-229

·        Teachers Book page 137-138

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 184-185

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 265

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 154

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play aloud

·        Discuss  the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading the play

·        Discussing the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

 

·        An enemy of the people  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play aloud

·        Discuss  the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

 

·        An enemy of the people  
13 1 REVISION   By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Revise the terms work
    ·        Advancing in English Book 3

·        Gateway secondary revision

·        The prescribed set books

 
  2 REVISION   By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Revise the terms work
    ·        Advancing in English Book 3

·        Gateway secondary revision

·        The prescribed set books

 
  3-4 END OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENGLISH FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 WRITING Notification meetings By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write a notification for a meeting  note

·        Writing ·        Sample notifications ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 229

·        Teachers Book page 138

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 184

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 152

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 265

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the story keenly

·        Answer questions from the story

·        Listening

·        Speaking

·        Pictures

 

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 230

·        Teachers Book page 139-141

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 18

 
  3 SPEAKING Dilemma narratives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Narrate a dilemma narrative rom their communities

·        Identify and explain the dilemma in the story

·        Speaking

·        Discussing the features of dilemma stories

·

·        Sampled stories ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 230

·        Teachers Book page 139-141

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 13-14

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 295-298

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 51

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage carefully

·        Answer the questions from the passage

·        Reading

·        Writing answers

·        Computer pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 232-233

·        Teachers Book page 142-143

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 226-227

 
  5 READING Building vocabulary

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary through word study

·        Demonstrate ability to use the words in their sentences

·        Reading

·        Discussion

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 232-234

·        Teachers Book page 143

 

 
  6 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading

·        Discussing themes, style and character traits

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  7 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading

·        Discussing themes, style and character traits

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
2 1 STUDY SKILLS Library book report By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Select a novel, short story or play

·        Read the text

·        Reading library books ·        library books ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 230-232

·        Teachers Book page 141-142

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 172

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Library book report By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write a report on a library book they have read

·        Writing a Library book report ·        Prescribed book ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 230-232

·        Teachers Book page 142

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 172

 
  3 GRAMMAR Conditional clauses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate understanding of Conditional clauses

·        Give examples of conditions

·        Discussing

·        Speaking

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 234

·        Teachers Book page 143

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 140

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 140

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 161

·        Head start English secondary book page 162

 
  5 GRAMMAR Unlikely and impossible conditions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Complete the sentences using Unlikely and impossible conditions

·        Discussing

·        Speaking

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 235

·        Teachers Book page 144

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 140

 
  6 WRITING Minute writing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate understanding of the layout of minutes and correct register

·        Discussing the correct layout of minutes ·        Sample minutes ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 238-245

·        Teachers Book page 144

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 185

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 265

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 180

·        Head start English secondary book page 197

 
  7 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the plot

·        Discuss the themes, style and character traits

·        Reading the given text

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the themes, style and character traits

·        Reading the text

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
3 1 GRAMMAR Conditionals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Re write conditional sentences according to the instructions given

 

·        Writing conditional sentences ·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 235

·        Teachers Book page 144

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 140

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 161-163

·        Head start English secondary book page 162-163

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 140

 
  2 WRITING Minutes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write minutes of a club meeting using the recommended format

·

·        Writing minutes ·        Sample minutes ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 238-245

·        Teachers Book page 144

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 185-186

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 186

·        Head start English secondary book page 197

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 265

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to  a passage keenly

·        Answer the questions from the passage

 

·        Listening comprehension

·        Spelling

·        Newspapers

·        Magazines

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 246

·        Teachers Book page 146-148

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 258

 

 
  4 SPEAKING Arguments By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Hold a group discussion on topics related to HIV and AIDS

 

·        Discussing the causes and effects of HIV and AIDS ·        pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 246

·        Teachers Book page 149

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 225

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 186

·        Head start English secondary book page 115-116

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 163-165

 
  5 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot

·        Discuss the themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  6 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot

·        Discuss the themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  7 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot

·        Discuss the themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  8 STUDY SKILLS Studying a play

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play and then answer the questions

·        Reading aloud ·        Sample of a play ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 246-248

·        Teachers Book page 148

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 44-46

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 203-204

·        Head start English secondary book page 125-126

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 108

 
4 1 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the comprehension passage  and answer questions

·        Reading

·        Writing  answers

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 249-251

·        Teachers Book page 215

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 44-46

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 159-161

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 298

 
  2 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary

·        Reading

·        Discussing

 

·        Dictionary ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 249-251

·        Teachers Book page 152

 

 
  3 GRAMMAR Adjectival clauses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify Adjectival clauses    and then to complete sentences

 

·        Discussing

·        Writing

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 254-256

·        Teachers Book page 153

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 141

·        Head start English secondary book page 170

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 171

 

 
  4 GRAMMAR Defining and non-defining clauses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify Defining and non-defining clauses

·        Use participles as adjectival clauses

·        Answer any questions when given to attempt

 

·        Writing

·        Gap filling

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 254-256

·        Teachers Book page 153

·        Gateway secondary revision book

 

 

 
  5 WRITING Minute writing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write accurate minutes using the proper layout

 

·        Discussing

·        Writing minutes

·        Sample minutes ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 256

·        Teachers Book page 154

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 186

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 276

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 180

·        Head start English secondary book page 197

 
  6 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  7 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
5 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to  the poem being read and answer questions

 

·        Listening

·        writing

·        extracts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 257

·        Teachers Book page 155-156

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 7

 

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Note-making

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage

·        Make notes

·        Reading

·        Note-making

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 257-258

·        Teachers Book page 156-157

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 42-43

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 157

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 148-149

 
  3 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the comprehension passage and answer questions on it

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary

·        Reading

·        Writing

 

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 259-260

·        Teachers Book page 156-157

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 18-19

 

 
  4 WRITING Class report By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Organize an anti-graffiti campaign

·        Report back to the class about their campaign

 

·        Discussing

·        Writing

·        Pictures

·        Graffiti

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 260

·        Teachers Book page 157

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 169-170

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 129

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page118

·        Head start English secondary book page 106

 
  5 GRAMMAR Noun – clauses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify noun clauses and use them to complete sentences

·        Identify different types of noun clauses

·        Attempt any question on the topics ‘noun clauses’

·        Discussing

·        Gap filling

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 261-262

·        Teachers Book page 157-158

·        Gateway secondary revision book 157-158

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page179

·        Head start English secondary book page 180

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 54-57

 
  6 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  7 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
6 1 WRITING Memo By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate understanding of the layout of a memo

·        Write a memo using the recommended layout

 

·        Discussing

·        Writing   a memo

·        Pictures

 

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 262-264

·        Teachers Book page 158

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 186-187

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 105

·        Head start English secondary book page 210

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to  the passage keenly then answer questions

·        Hold a class discussion on a conversation

 

·        Group work

·        Listening

·        Discussing

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 265

·        Teachers Book page 159-160

 

 
  3 SPEAKING Role playing

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Take roles and act out the conversation discussed above

·        Role playing ·        pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 266

·        Teachers Book page

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 227

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 148

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the comprehension passage  carefully and answer questions

·        Reading

·        Writing  answers

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 266-267

·        Teachers Book page 160-161

 

 
  5 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the comprehension passage carefully and answer questions from it

·        Reading

·        Discussing

 

·        Discussing ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 267-268

·        Teachers Book page 161

·        Head start English secondary book page 187

 
  6 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  7 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
7 1 GRAMMAR Compound complex sentences By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify Compound complex sentences

·        Construct Compound complex sentences

·        Discussing

·        Constructing sentences

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 268-269

·        Teachers Book page 161-162

·        Gateway secondary revision book 136-137

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page191

·        Head start English secondary book page 188

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 128

 
  2 WRITING View points By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the understanding of the point of view/narrative voice

·        Write a short story using the three viewpoints where appropriate

 

·        Discussing

·        Identify points of view In a narrative

·        Short story

 

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 270-271

·        Teachers Book page 162-163

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 48

 

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to  the passage keenly then answer questions

·

·        Listening comprehension ·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 272

·        Teachers Book page 164-165

 

 
  4 SPEAKING Features of dilemma and aetiological tales

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Hold a class discussion on the dilemma and aetiological tales

 

·        Discussing

·        Writing features of dilemma and aetiological tales

 

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 272

·        Teachers Book page 166

·         Gateway secondary revision book page 13-14

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 16 & 298

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 51 & 71

 
  5 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage  carefully and answer questions from the passage

·        Reading

·        Discussing

·        Pre-reading extracts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 273-274

·        Teachers Book page 166-167

 

 
  6 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing themes, plot

·        Dramatizing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  7 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing themes, plot

·        Dramatizing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing themes, plot

·        Dramatizing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
8 1 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary through word study

·        Hold a class discussion on waste disposal

·        Reading

·        Discussing

 

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 274-275

·        Teachers Book page 167

Gateway secondary revision book page 226

 

 
  2 GRAMMAR Direct speech By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Punctuate direct speech correctly

·        Change from indirect to direct speech

·        Discussing

·        Writing

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 275-276

·        Teachers Book page 167

·        Gateway secondary revision book 146

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page199

·        Head start English secondary book page 196

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page

 
  3 GRAMMAR In direct speech By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Change sentences  from indirect to direct speech

·        Observe the rules of changing from direct to indirect speech

·        Discussing

·        Writing   sentences

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 277-279

·        Teachers Book page 167-168

·        Gateway secondary revision book 146

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page199

·        Head start English secondary book page 206

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page

 
  4 WRITING Imaginative writing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Plan organize and write an imaginative essay

 

·        Discussing

·        Writing imaginative essay

·        Sample  essays

 

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 279

·        Teachers Book page 168

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 177

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 88

·        Head start English secondary book page 129

 
  5 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to  the passage keenly then answer questions

·        Re-telling a similar story using story telling techniques

·        Listening

·        Speaking

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 280

·        Teachers Book page 169-170

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 21

·

 

 
  6 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  7 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the play

·        Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
9 1 WRITING Essay writing (test) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Either write an imaginative essay, a play or an internal memo

 

·        Writing essays   ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 281

·        Teachers Book page 171

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 186

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 193

·        Head start English secondary book page 210

 
  2 WRITING Summary

 

Note-making

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage carefully

·        Write a summary

·        Make notes

 

·        Reading passage

·        Discussing

·        Writing summary

·        Sample notes

·        Sample summary

·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 281-282

·        Teachers Book page 172

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 42-43

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 271

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 157

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the letter  carefully and answer questions correctly

·        Reading

·        Writing answers

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 283

·        Teachers Book page 172-173

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 235-236

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage  carefully and answer questions correctly

·        Reading

·        Writing answers

·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 283-284

·        Teachers Book page 173

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 235-236

 
  5 GRAMMAR Revision exercise By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Re-write the sentences according to the instructions given

·        Gap filling

·        Re-writing sentences

·        Charts ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 284-285

·        Teachers Book page 173-174

 

 
  6 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

(revision)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Revise the themes of

·        Disguise

·        Fortune

·        friendship

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  7 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

(revision)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Revise the themes of

·        Prejudice

·        Mercy

·        Revenge

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

(revision)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Revise the themes of

·        Judgment

·        capitalism

·        Reading text

·        Discussing

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
10 1 STUDY SKILLS Plays

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the conduct and language of liankule in the play

·        Hot seating ·        Excerpt from the ‘lion and the jewel’ ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 246-249

·        Teachers Book page 148-149

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 186

 
  2 SPEAKING Role playing

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Take roles in the play

Dramatize the play effectively bringing out feelings and attributes of the characters

Dramatizing ·        Pictures ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 246-249

·        Teachers Book page 149

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 42-43

·        New integrated English book 3 students book page 227

·        Excelling in English book 3 students book page 48

 
  3 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

(revision)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Revise the character and role of;

·        Peter stockman

·        Dr. stockman

·        Reading

·        Discussing the characters of Peter stockman & Dr. stockman

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  4 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

(revision)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Revise the character and role of;

·        Katherine stockman

·        Reading

·        Discussing the role of Katherine stockman

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  5 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

(revision)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Revise the character and role of;

·

·        Reading the play

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  6 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

(revision)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Revise the character and role of;

·

·        Reading the play

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  7 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

(revision)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the use of language and style

·        Reading the play

·        Discussing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
  8 READING Intensive reading of the enemy of the people

(revision)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Revise the language and stylistic devises in the play

·        Reading the play

·        Discussing

·        Dramatizing

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        An enemy of the people  
11 & 12   REVISION   By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Revise the work covered on their own

· · ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book

·        Gateway secondary revision book

·        The prescribed set-books

 
13   REVISION   By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Revise the work covered on their own

· · ·        Advancing in English Book 3 students book

·        Gateway secondary revision book

·        The prescribed set-books

 
  END OF YEAR EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENGLISH FORM 4 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening and singing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen carefully to a given song

·        Identify how repetition has been used to bring out rhythm

·        Listening to songs

·        Identifying repetition in songs

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Singing a song

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        Pictures

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 1

·        Teachers Book page 21-22

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 5-6

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Stress (nouns and verbs) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Distinguish nouns and verbs on the basis of stress

·        Demonstrate the ability to use stress to read pronunciation

·        Listening to pronunciation of words using stress

·        Reading with intonation

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 2

·        Teachers Book page 22

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 8-10

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Note making By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a comprehension passage

·        Identify major and minor points

·        Write a summary of the major points

·        Reading a passage

·        Making notes

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 3-4

·        Teachers Book page 22-23

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 40-42

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage

·        Demonstrate the ability to comprehend a passage

·        Answer questions based on the passage

·        Reading a comprehension

·        Answering questions based on the passage

Writing a composition

·        Dictionary

·        Text book

·        GSR page 37-38

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 4-5

·        Teachers Book page 23

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 37-38

 
  5 READING Building vocabulary

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary through word study

·        Infer meanings of words

·        Explain the meanings of certain words

·        Explain the meanings of words

·        Filling gaps of statements

·        Answering and asking questions

·        Dictionary

·        Flash cards

·        Text books

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 4-6

·        Teachers Book page 23-24

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 111

 

 
  6 GRAMMAR Nouns/ noun phrases as subjects By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify nouns/noun phrases as subjects in their sentences

·        Construct sentences using nouns/noun phrases

·        Writing noun phrases

·        Constructing sentences

·        Identify noun phrases

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Substitution tables

·        Flash cards

·        Charts

·        Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 78

·        Teachers Book page 24

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 24

 

 
  7 READING Intensive reading

Optimal set texts

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss plot

·        Themes

·        Style

·        Characterization

·        Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        The optimal set texts  
  8 READING Intensive reading

Optimal set texts

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss plot

·        Themes

·        Style

·        Character & Characterization

·        Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        The optimal set texts  
2 1 WRITING Sentence  building skills By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use transitional words and phrases to achieve unity in a paragraph

·        Gap filling

·        Writing paragraphs

·        Discussion on the importance of writing a good paragraph

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 9

·        Teachers Book page 25

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 158-159

 

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage on proverbs

·        Answer questions from the comprehension

·        Give examples of cautioning proverbs from their communities

·        Use proverbs in class discussion

·        Listening to the comprehension passage

·        Giving proverbs from their communities

·        Discussion

·        ‘Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Oral literature texts

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page10

·        Teachers Book page 26-27

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 24-25

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Studying oral narratives

‘ntemelua’

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Classify oral narratives appropriately

·        Read the narrative and answer the questions based on it

·        Reading narratives

·        Answering questions

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Resource persons

·        Oral literature

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 310-13

·        Teachers Book page 28

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 12-13

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage

·        Answer questions based on the passage

·        Reading a comprehension passage

·        Answering questions

·        Discussion

·        Writing

 

·        Supplementary readers

·        Text books

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 13-15

·        Teachers Book page 28-29

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 37

 
  5 READING Building vocabulary

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary

·        Infer meanings of words

·        Demonstrate appropriate use of the dictionary

·        Making notes

·        Explaining the meaning of vocabulary

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Wall charts

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 15

·        Teachers Book page 29

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 37

 

 
  6 GRAMMAR Nouns/ noun phrases as subjects By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify nouns/noun phrases

·        Identify their functioning as objects

·        Use nouns and noun phrases as direct and indirect objects

·        Discussion on how nouns can function as objects

·        Constructing sentences

·        Writing

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        GSR page 130

·        Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 16-18

·        Teachers Book page 30

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 130-131

 

 
  7 READING Intensive reading

Optimal set texts

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss plot

·        Themes

·        Style

·        Characterization

·        Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        The optimal set texts  
  8 READING Intensive reading

Optimal set texts

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

·        Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        A half a day and other stories  
3 1 GRAMMAR Word study By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify new words

·        Build up vocabulary through word study

·        Use the vocabulary to fill in the cross-word puzzle

·        Gap filling

·        Discussion

·        Answering and asking questions

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Wall charts

·        Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 15-16

·        Teachers Book page 29

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 111

 

 
  2 WRITING Punctuations bibliographies and titles of books By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the understanding of the features of the bibliographies

·        Punctuate bibliographies and titles appropriately

·        Writing bibliographies

·        Functions of titles and bibliographies

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Wall Charts

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 28-29

·        Teachers Book page 36

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 179

 

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension

 

Interrupting and disagreeing politely

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a song ‘mother give me peas’

·        Identify features of the song

·        Answer questions from the song

·        Interrupt and disagree politely

·        Listening to a song

·        Discussion of features of the song

·        Writing

·         Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        Wall Charts

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page31-32

·        Teachers Book page 37-38

 

 
  4 STUDY SKILLS Studying tongue twisters By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Give an example of a tongue twister from a community

·        Discuss the social functions of tongue twisters

·        Speaking and listening to tongue twisters

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Extracts from oral literature books

·        Resource persons

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 21-22

·        Teachers Book page 32-33

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 4

 
  5 READING Building vocabulary

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage ‘village pastor’

·        Answer questions from the passage

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary

·        Reading a story

·        Answering questions  from the passage

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Supplementary readers

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 21-22

·        Teachers Book page 32-33

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 4

 

 
  6 GRAMMAR Word study By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Infer the meanings of words

·        Build up vocabulary through word study

·        Use the learnt vocabulary through word study

·        Constructing sentences

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Answering and asking questions

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Wall charts

·        Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 25

·        Teachers Book page 35

 

 
  7 READING Intensive reading

A half a day

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss plot

·        Themes

·        Style

·        Characterization

 

·        Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        A half a day and other stories

·        Optional set texts

 
  8 READING Intensive reading

A half a day

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss plot

·        Themes

·        Style

·        Characterization

 

·        Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        A half a day and other stories

·        Optional set texts

 
4 1 GRAMMAR Nouns as subject compliments By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify nouns/ noun phrases

·        Identify their functioning as subject compliments

·        Use nouns/noun phrases as subject compliments

·        Constructing sentences

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Answering and asking questions

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        Dictionary

·        Extracts from set books

·        Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 26-27

·        Teachers Book page 35

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 81

 

 
  2 WRITING Sentence building (paragraphing) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Paraphrase sentences and ideas in given paragraphs

·        Paraphrasing sentences

·        Writing paragraphs

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Extracts of paragraphs

·        Wall Charts

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 19-20

·        Teachers Book page 30

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 160

 

 
  3 LISTENING Listening comprehension

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage

·        Demonstrate the ability to take notes

·        Make a speech on how to eradicate poverty in Kenya

·        Writing a speech

·        Listening to a passage

·        Discussion

·        ‘Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 21

·        Teachers Book page 31-32

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 188

 

 
  4 STUDY SKILLS Studying oral narratives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the narrative ‘the girl who lost her father’s calabash

·        Discuss the themes, character and message in the study

·        Reading

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Resource persons

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 33-35

·        Teachers Book page 38

 

 
  5 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage ‘theme based care’

·        Answer questions based on the passage

·        Reading

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Discussion

 

·        Supplementary readers

·        Text books

·        Magazines

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 35-37

·        Teachers Book page 39

 

 
  6 READING Building vocabulary

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Infer meaning of words

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary

·        Filling in gaps with the new words

·        Gap filling

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        Answering questions  from the passage

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Flash cards

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 35-37

·        Teachers Book page 39

 

 
  7 READING Intensive reading

A half a day

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Analyze the themes and plots in ‘money man’

 

·        Reading text

·        Discussing and analyzing themes and plots in given texts

·        Described set books

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        A half a day and other stories

 

 
  8 READING Intensive reading

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Analyze;

·        Style

·        Characterization  in the given texts (set books)

·        Reading texts

·        Discussing and analyzing characterization and style

·        Prescribed  set books

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

   
5 1 GRAMMAR Nouns as object compliments By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify nouns functioning as object compliments

·        Use nouns/noun phrases as object compliments

·        Identifying nouns/noun phrases

·        Gap filling

·        Discussion

·        Answering and asking questions

·        Text books

·        Wall charts

·        Dictionary

·        Extracts from set books

·        Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 37-38

·        Teachers Book page 40

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 81

 

 
  2 WRITING Punctuating titles of articles By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate understanding of features of titles

·        Punctuating titles correctly

·        Punctuating titles

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Answering and asking questions

·        Text books

·        Extracts of sets

·        Set books

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 39-40

·        Teachers Book page 41

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 154

 

 
  3 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension

 

Oral reports

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to a passage

·        Answer questions based on the comprehension

·        Discuss and compile ideas for an oral report on the dangers of drugs and substance abuse

·        Listening to oral reports

·        Writing oral reports

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 40-41

·        Teachers Book page 42-43

 

 
  4 STUDY SKILLS Studying riddles By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Study the riddles given carefully

·        Identify the features of riddles

·        Identify the     of riddles

·        Posing riddles

·        Discussing functions of riddles

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Taped riddles

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 41-42

·        Teachers Book page 45

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 23-24

 

 
  5 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage carefully

·        Answer questions based on the passage

·        Use new words in sentences of their own

·        Reading a passage

·        Constructing sentences

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Wall charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 43-45

·        Teachers Book page 46-47

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 57-71

 

 
  6 GRAMMAR Interrogative pronouns (who, whom and whose) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use the Interrogatives to ask questions

·        Fill in gaps with the Interrogative

·        Gap filling

·        Discussion

·        asking questions

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        Extracts from various texts

·        Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 45-48

·        Teachers Book page 47-48

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 90

 

 
  7 READING Intensive reading

A half a day

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Analyze the themes and plots in ‘martyr’

 

·        Reading text

·        Discussing and analyzing themes and plots in given text books

·        prescribed set texts

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        A half a day and other stories

 

 
  8 READING Intensive reading

A half a day

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Discuss
  • Style
  • Characterization in the given set texts
·        Reading text
  • Discussing Style &

·        Characterization

·        prescribed set texts

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        A half a day and other stories

 

 
6 1 WRITING Punctuating quotations By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Punctuate quotations from books, journals and newspapers

·        Integrate quotations in a short paragraph

·        Writing journals

·        Discussion on how to use quotations

·        Answering and asking questions

·        Text books

·        Extracts from various texts

·

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 48-52

·        Teachers Book page 48-49

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 155-157

 

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the proverbs of men and women

·        Identify features of the proverbs

·        Answer questions based on the proverbs

·        Give oral presentation/report on men and women

·        Listening to comprehension

·        Presenting of proverbs

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Resource persons

·        Flash cards

·        Wall charts

 

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 53

·        Teachers Book page 50-52

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 55-71

 

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Themes in oral narratives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read common themes in oral narratives

·        Discuss common themes in oral narratives

·        Reading narratives

·        Discussing  themes common in oral narratives

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Resource person

·        Wall charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 53-54

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 11-35

 

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage on marine animals

·        Answer questions based on the passage

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary

·        Reading the comprehension passage

·        Writing answers

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Supplementary readers

·        Text books

·        Magazines

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 55-58

·        Teachers Book page 54-55

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 90

 

 
  5 GRAMMAR Interrogative pronouns (which and what) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use the Interrogative pronouns to ask questions

·        Fill in gaps with correct Interrogative pronouns

·        Gap filling

·        Constructing sentences

·        asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Extracts from prescribed  texts

·        Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 58-60

·        Teachers Book page 55-56

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 90

 

 
  6 WRITING Punctuating headings By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use correct Punctuation to present titles and main headings

·        Write a composition on careers under given headings

·        Writing a composition

·        Punctuating headings

·        Discussion

·        Answering and asking questions

·        Text books

·        articles

·        magazines

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 60-62

·        Teachers Book page 56

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 158

 

 
  7 READING Intensive reading

A half a day

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Analyze the plot themes in ‘A meeting in the dark”
·        Reading text

·        Discussing plot and themes in the prescribed set texts

·        Note taking

·        Answering and asking questions

·        prescribed set texts

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        A half a day and other stories

 

 
  8 READING Intensive reading

A half a day

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Discuss
  • Characterization in the prescribed  set texts
·        Reading given texts

·        Discussing Characterization in the set texts

·        Answering and asking questions

·        texts (set texts )

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        A half a day and other stories

 

 
7 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen to the passage on ways of eradicating poverty

·        Take notes on what can be done to eradicate poverty

·        Give an oral report on what has been done

·        Listening to comprehension

·        Taking notes

·        Reading aloud

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·         charts

 

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 63

·        Teachers Book page 57-58

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 60

 

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Critical reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage critically

·        Answer questions based on the passage

·        Reading a passage

·        Answering questions

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Supplementary readers

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 63-64

·        Teachers Book page 59-60

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 39

 

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage ‘mercy’s defective heart’

·        Answer questions based on the passage

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary

·        Reading the comprehension

·        Answering questions

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Dictionaries

·        Wall charts

·        Text books

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 64-67

·        Teachers Book page 59-60

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 55-77

 

 
  4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the comprehension passage

·        Answer questions based on the comprehension

·        Reading the comprehension

·        Answering questions based on the comprehension

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Pre-reading texts

·        Text books

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 64-68

·        Teachers Book page 60

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 91-92

 

 
  5 GRAMMAR Relative  pronouns (whom and who) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use the Relative  pronouns whom and who correctly on sentences

·        Fill in gaps with correct relative pronouns

·        Gap filling

·        Writing

·        Discussion

·        asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

·        Extracts from set texts

·        Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 68-70

·        Teachers Book page 60-61

·        Gateway secondary revision book page

 

 
  6 WRITING Recipes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate understanding of a recipe and its layout

·        Plan, organize and write a recipe of a favorite dish

·        Discussing the procedure of writing a recipe

·        Writing recipes

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Audio tapes

·        Text books

·        Sample recipe extracts

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 70-72

·        Teachers Book page 61

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 165

 

 
  7 READING Intensive reading

A half a day

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Discussing the stylistic devises in ‘A meeting in the dark’
·        Reading texts

·        Discussion of stylistic devices

·        Answering and asking questions

·        Prescribed set texts

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        A half a day and other stories

 

 
  8 READING Intensive reading

A half a day

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Discussing plot of ‘letter to my sisters’
·        Reading texts

·        Discussion of plots in the set texts

·        Prescribed set texts

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        A half a day and other stories

 

 
8 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen keenly to an initiation song

·        Answer questions based on the poem

·        Identify features of the initiation songs

·        Discuss how initiation is done in various communities

·        Listening to a song

·        Discussion on initiation

·        Responding to questions asked

·        Note taking

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        charts

·        resource person

·        extracts of songs

 

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 73

·        Teachers Book page 62

 

 
  2 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Negotiating skills

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Master the tips of good negotiation

·        Use negotiation skills in class discussion

·        Discussing negotiating skills

·        Writing

·        Responding to questions asked

 

·        Text books

·        Magazines

·        Articles

·        charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 73-75

·        Teachers Book page 63-64

 

 
  3 STUDY SKILLS Character and characteristics in oral narratives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the story

·        Discuss the character traits of characters

 

·        Discussing character traits

·        Reading a narrative

·        Note taking

·        Responding to questions asked

 

·        Text books

·        Oral literature books

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 75-77

·        Teachers Book page 64

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 11-14

 

 
  4 & 5 READING Reading comprehension (poem) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Reading a poem carefully

·        Answer questions based on the poem

·        Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary

·        Reading the poem

·        Answering questions

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Supplementary readers

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 64-65

·        Teachers Book page

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 91-92

 

 
  6 GRAMMAR Relative  pronouns (which and that) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the ability to use the relative pronouns ‘which and that’ to join sentences

·        Discussion

·        Joining sentences using relative pronouns

·        Writing

·        asking and answering questions

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        Extracts from set texts

·        Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 77-79

·        Teachers Book page 64-65

·        Excelling in English book 4 page 57-59

·        New integrated English book 4 page 22-26

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 91-92

 

 
  7 READING Intensive reading

Optional set texts

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Discussing the themes
  • Style
  • Plot in the Optional set texts
·        Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Prescribed set texts

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        Optional set texts  
  8 READING Intensive reading

Optional set texts

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Discuss characterization in the optional set texts
·        Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Prescribed set texts

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        Optional set texts  
9 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension

 

Turn talking

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen keenly to the conversation

·        Answer questions from the passage

·        Hold a class discussion

·        Demonstrate the ability to take turns

·        Listening comprehension

·        Answering questions

·        Turn taking

·        Discussions

 

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 8

·        Teachers Book page 69-70

·        Excelling in English book 4 page 121

·        New integrated English book 4 page 146

 

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Interpretive reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage interpretively so as to bring out emotions portrayed by the characters

·        Reading a passage

·        Discussion

·        Responding to questions

·        Pre-reading extracts

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 84-85

·        Teachers Book page 71

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 37-40

 
  3 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage

·        Answer questions based on the passage

·        Reading a passage

·        Answering questions

·        Discussion

 

·        Text books

·        Pre-reading extracts

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 85-89

·        Teachers Book page 71-72

 

 

 
  4 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify new vocabulary

·        Infer meaning of the vocabulary

·        Demonstrate the ability to use the vocabulary

·        Reading the vocabulary

·        Discussion

·        Word studying

·        Writing

 

 

·        Text books

·        Pre-reading extracts

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 85-89

·        Teachers Book page 71-72

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 55-71

 

 

 
  5 GRAMMAR Participle phrases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use Participle phrases to modify nouns

·        Fill in gaps using Participle phrases

·        Reading vocabulary

·        Discussion

·        Word studying

·        Writing

·

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 89-91

·        Teachers Book page 72-73

·        Excelling in English book 4 page 115-117

·        New integrated English book 4 page 67-70

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 130-132

 

 
  6 WRITING E-mails By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the understanding features of an e-mail

·        Write an email using the correct layout

·        Discussion

·        Writing E-mails

·        Responding to questions asked

 

·        Text books

·        Computer

·        Sample e-mails

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 92-93

·        Teachers Book page 73

·        Excelling in English book 4 page 115-59-60

·        New integrated English book 4 page 134

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 176

 

 
  7 & 8 READING Intensive reading

Optional set texts

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Discuss
  • Plot
  • Characterization
  • Themes
  •  style
·        Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Prescribed set texts

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        Optional set texts  
10 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension

 

‘impromptu speech’

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen keenly to the passage

·        Answer questions based on the passage

·        Prepare and present an impromptu speech

·        Listen to impromptu speeches

·        Presentation

·        Discussion

·        Writing

 

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 94-95

·        Teachers Book page 75

 

 
  2 STUDY SKILLS Intensive reading By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the passage carefully

·        Answer questions based on the passage

·        Extend and consolidate their vocabulary

·        Intensive reading

·        Answering questions

·        Discussion

 

·        Pre-reading extracts

·        Text books

 

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 95-96

·        Teachers Book page 76

 

 
  3 & 4 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage

·        Identify stylistic devices used

·        Answer questions based on the passage

·        Reading comprehension

·        Answering questions

·        Discussion

 

·        Pre-reading extracts

·        Text books

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 96-99

·        Teachers Book page 76-77

 

 
  5 GRAMMAR

 

WRITING

Revision (test) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Answer grammar questions correctly

·        Write a recipe using the correct format

·        Writing answers

·        Discussion

·        Responding to questions

·

·        Magazines

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 99-100

·        Teachers Book page 78-80

·        Excelling in English book 4 page 39

·        New integrated English book 4 page 39

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 74-146

 

 
  6 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening comprehension

 

‘impromptu speech’

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen keenly to the passage

·        Answer questions based on the passage

·        Discuss how children’s rights are violated and give solutions

·        Listening

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        responding to questions asked

 

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        Newspapers

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 101

·        Teachers Book page 81-82

 

 
  7 & 8 READING Intensive reading

Optional set texts

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Discuss
  • Plot
  • Characterization
  • Themes
  •  style  in the optional set texts
·        Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Prescribed set texts

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        Optional set texts  
11 1 STUDY SKILLS Tone & attitude in a play By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify tone

·        Identify attitude of characters in a play

·        Role playing

·        Discussing tone and attitude

·        Writing

·        Responding to answers

 

·        Audio tapes

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 101-103

·        Teachers Book page 82-83

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 50

 
  2 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage carefully

·        Answer questions based on the passage

·        Reading comprehension

·        Answering questions

·        Discussion

 

·        Pre-reading extracts

·        Text books

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 103-106

Teachers Book page 83

 
  3 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Infer meaning of the vocabulary

·        Extend and consolidate vocabulary

·        Reading vocabulary

·        Discussion  of new words

·        Filling in the crossword puzzle

 

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 103-106

·        Teachers Book page 83

 

 
  4 GRAMMAR Gerunds By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify gerund used in sentences

·        Turn verbs into gerunds

·        Complete sentences with gerunds

·        Gap filling

·        Discussion

·        Writing

 

·        Text books

Flash cards

·        Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 106-108

·        Teachers Book page 83-84

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 176

 

 
  5 WRITING E-mails By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write and send an email applying for the post of a librarian

·        Discussion

·        Writing E-mails

·        Responding to questions

 

·        Text books

·        A Computer connected to the internet

·        Sample e-mails

·        Charts

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 108-109

·        Teachers Book page 83-84

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 176

 
  6 LISTENING AND SPEAKING Listening to a song

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Listen keenly to the song

·        Answer questions based on the song

·        Identify the use of hyperbole in the sun

·        Act out issues in the song

·        Listening to songs

·        Adding songs

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        responding to questions asked

 

·        Text books

·        Audio tapes

·        Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 110

·        Teachers Book page 85-86

 

 
  7 & 8 READING Intensive reading

Optional set texts

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Characterization
  • Plot
  • Themes
  • style  in the optional set texts
·        Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Prescribed set texts

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        Optional set texts  
12 1 STUDY SKILLS Style in oral narratives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read the oral narrative

·        Identify the use of song, opening formula, repetition, dialogue and suspense

·        Reading oral narratives

·        Identify style

·        Discussion

·        Note taking

 

Sample song and opening formula

Text books

Charts

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 111-113

·        Teachers Book page 86

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 11-30

 
  2 READING Reading comprehension By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Read a passage carefully

·        Answer questions based on the passage

·        Reading passage

·        Discussion

·        Answering questions from the passage

·        Writing

·        Pre-reading texts

·        Text books

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 113-117

Teachers Book page 87

 
  3 READING Building vocabulary By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify new vocabulary

·        Infer meaning of the vocabulary

·        Extend and consolidate a wide range of vocabulary

·        Reading vocabulary words

·        Discussion

·        Text books

·        Dictionary

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 113-117

·        Teachers Book page 87

 

 
  4 GRAMMAR Endings of adjectives By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify typical endings of adjectives

·        Use them to form adjectives

·        Use adjectives in sentences

·        Gap filling

·        Discussion

·        Writing

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Extracts from set books

·        Text books

·        Flash cards

·        Charts

·        Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 117-119

·        Teachers Book page 89

·        Gateway secondary revision book page 116-117

·        Excelling in English book 4 page 6

·        New integrated English book 4 page 223

 
  5 WRITING Faxes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Demonstrate the understanding of the feature of a fax

·        Write a fax using the recommended format

·        Discussion

·        Writing faxes

·        Responding to questions asked

 

·        Text books

·        Fax machine

·        Sample fax

 

·        Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 119

·        Teachers Book page 90

·        New integrated English book 4 page 134

 
  6 & 7 READING Intensive reading

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Analyze and discuss
  • Characterization
  • Plot
  • Themes
  • style  in the optional set texts
·        reading set texts

·        Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Prescribed set texts

·        Audio tapes

·        Video tapes

·        Optional set texts Intensive reading

Optional set texts

13   REVISION AND PRE_MOCK EXAMINATIONS

 

Your Prime Online News Magazine.

Exit mobile version